S-1 1 ds1.htm FORM S-1 Form S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 11, 2006

Registration No. 333-

 


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(Exact name of corporation as specified in its charter)

 


2685 Park Center Drive, Building A

Simi Valley, California 93065

(805) 433-8000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

California

(prior to reincorporation)

Delaware (after reincorporation)

  4813   20-0241395
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)  

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 


Charles Rice

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

InterMetro Communications, Inc.

2685 Park Center Drive, Building A

Simi Valley, California 93065

Telephone: (805) 433-8000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 


Copies to:

Mark J. Mihanovic, Esq.

Karen I. Calhoun, Esq.

McDermott Will & Emery LLP

2049 Century Park East, 34th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90067

Telephone: (310) 284-6110

 

David J. Adler, Esq.

Olshan Grundman Frome Rosenzweig &

Wolosky LLP

Park Avenue Tower

65 East 55th Street

New York, New York 10022

Telephone: (212) 451-2300

 


APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.  ¨

 


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

   Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
   Amount of
Registration
Fee (2)

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

   $ 23,000,000    $ 2,461
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(a) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum offering price.

 


The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED             , 2006

Preliminary Prospectus

             Shares

  LOGO

InterMetro Communications, Inc.

Common Stock

 


This is an initial public offering of              shares of our common stock.

No public market currently exists for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $            and $            per share. We intend to apply to qualify our common stock for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “MTRO.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors” beginning on page 11.

 

     Per Share    Total

Public offering price

   $                 $             

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $      $  

Proceeds to us before offering expenses

   $      $  

(1) Does not reflect additional compensation to the underwriters in the form of a non-accountable expense allowance of 2% of the total offering price (excluding the over-allotment option) and warrants to purchase up to              shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price. See “Underwriting.”

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock to cover over-allotments within 45 days of the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to the purchasers on or about             , 2006.

 


 

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

Wunderlich Securities, Inc.

            , 2006


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

   10

Risk Factors

   11

Forward-Looking Statements

   26

Use of Proceeds

   27

Dividend Policy

   27

Capitalization

   28

Dilution

   29

Selected Financial Data

   30

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   32

Our Business

   44

Management

   58

Executive Compensation

   64

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   66

Principal Stockholders

   68

Description of Indebtedness and Other Agreements

   70

Description of Capital Stock

   72

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   77

Underwriting

   79

Legal Matters

   82

Experts

   82

Where You Can Find More Information

   82

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

 


You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell and seeking offers to buy shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock.

Until             , 2006, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

InterMetro has built a national, private, proprietary voice-over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, network infrastructure offering an alternative to traditional long distance network providers. We use our network infrastructure to deliver voice calling services to traditional long distance carriers, broadband phone companies, VoIP service providers, wireless providers, other leading communications companies and end users. Our VoIP network utilizes proprietary software, configurations and processes, advanced Internet Protocol, or IP, switching equipment and fiber-optic lines to deliver carrier-quality VoIP services that can be substituted transparently for traditional long distance services. VoIP technology is generally more cost efficient than the circuit-based technologies predominantly used in existing long distance networks and is easier to integrate with enhanced IP communications services such as web-enabled phone call dialing, unified messaging and video conferencing services.

We focus on providing the national transport component of voice services over our private VoIP infrastructure. This entails connecting phone calls of carriers or end users, such as wireless subscribers, residential customers and broadband phone users, in one metropolitan market to carriers or end users in a second metropolitan market by carrying them over our VoIP infrastructure. We compress and dynamically route the phone calls on our network allowing us to carry up to approximately eight times the number of calls carried by a traditional long distance company over an equivalent amount of bandwidth. In addition, our VoIP equipment costs significantly less than traditional long distance equipment and is less expensive to operate and maintain.

Recently, we enhanced our network’s functionality by implementing Signaling System 7, or SS-7, technology. SS-7 allows us to connect our VoIP infrastructure directly to customers of the local telephone companies, as well as customers of wireless carriers. SS-7 is the established industry standard for reliable call completion, and it also provides interoperability between our VoIP infrastructure and traditional telephone company networks.

We have experienced rapid growth since we began offering our VoIP services in the Los Angeles metropolitan market in March 2004. Our revenue increased over five-fold from $1.9 million in 2004 to $10.6 million in 2005. On a pro forma basis, taking into account our recent acquisition, our 2005 revenue increased to $18.4 million, a ten-fold increase from 2004. As of December 31, 2005, we expanded our VoIP network to 28 metropolitan statistical areas, or MSAs, enabling us to service, without using a long distance carrier, approximately 107 million end users, or 38% of the U.S. population. We are able to provide voice services to the remainder of the country by purchasing services from traditional long distance carriers, although at a higher cost to service than transporting calls over our own network. During the year ended December 31, 2005, we provided over 1.7 billion minutes of voice service across our network based on minutes billed. Utilizing our experience with VoIP technology and our scalable network design, we intend to expand our network’s capacity and increase the number of MSAs we service.

Our VoIP infrastructure delivers significant benefits to our customers, including:

 

    increasing the margins earned from existing retail voice services or reducing the costs of using voice services;

 

1


Table of Contents
    improving customer service through access to real-time information about network performance and billing;

 

    reducing the administrative burden of managing end users for our carrier customers;

 

    increasing the investment return on customer owned traditional circuit-based equipment; and

 

    enabling the creation of value-added enhanced voice services.

Our goal is to displace the incumbent long distance carriers as the presumed choice for voice transport services. We intend to become the leading provider of VoIP infrastructure services for traditional phone companies and wireless carriers, as well as new high growth entrants in the consumer voice services market such as broadband phone companies and cable operators. We also package our VoIP services into calling cards and pre-paid services. We have developed plug-and-play technology that enables IP devices to interoperate with our network and expect to begin selling services based on this technology within the next twelve months. We sell our services through our direct sales force and independent sales agents. Our calling cards and pre-paid services are primarily sold by our retail distribution partners.

Industry Background

The telecommunications industry is one of the largest services markets with 2004 U.S. sales of approximately $291.7 billion according to Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, reports. We primarily compete with, or provide service to, long distance service providers. The long distance market, a subset of the telecommunications industry, accounted for $71.2 billion in sales in 2004. Our IP device products and services will compete in the long distance market, as well as in in the local services segment of the telecommunications industry which had sales of $121.9 billion in 2004.

Historically, the telecommunications market has been served by circuit-switched wireline and wireless carriers. VoIP is quickly evolving into a reliable and efficient alternative technology to the circuit-based switches and networks used by the large phone companies for the last several decades. VoIP currently represents a fraction of the overall market for communications services with estimated North American sales of $1.3 billion in 2004 and with projected sales reaching $19.9 billion by 2009 according to Infonetics Research. We expect the cost and functionality benefits of VoIP services to drive this significant market growth and we believe that VoIP technology will eventually replace the existing circuit-based U.S. phone infrastructure. Factors driving this transition to VoIP technology include:

 

    more efficient use of physical network capacity;

 

    lower operating and maintenance costs;

 

    greater features and functionality; and

 

    easier integration with software and web-based applications.

The InterMetro Strategy

We will continue to apply our technical and operational VoIP expertise to become the leading VoIP infrastructure provider. To achieve this goal, we plan to:

 

    enhance and expand our network technology;

 

    expand to new geographic markets;

 

    add to our sales force and increase our marketing efforts;

 

    grow through acquisitions; and

 

    launch our broadband IP device services.

 

2


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Cantata Technology Agreement. In May 2006, we entered into a strategic agreement with Cantata Technology, Inc., or Cantata, formerly known as Excel Switching Corporation, a leading provider of VoIP equipment and support services. We plan to significantly scale our VoIP network using Cantata’s latest, robust, state of the art VoIP equipment, which we believe will increase the functionality and efficiency of our VoIP infrastructure. The terms of the strategic agreement allow us to apply more of our existing financial resources to the expansion of our sales and operations. Furthermore, we expect Cantata’s equipment to enable us to better integrate, with cost advantages, industry standard SS-7 functionality and reliability with the unique enhanced services capabilities of our VoIP infrastructure. Among other benefits, the agreement provides us preferential pricing and rights to test and deploy newly developed technologies.

Acquisition of Advanced Tel, Inc. In March 2006, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Advanced Tel, Inc., or ATI, a switchless reseller of long-distance services, for a combination of shares of our common stock and cash. We intend to pursue additional acquisition opportunities that allow us to leverage our VoIP infrastructure.

Private Placement of Securities. In January and February 2006, we raised capital through the issuances of $575,000 of Series A Convertible Notes and $1.0 million of Series B Preferred Stock, respectively.

SS-7 Network Build-out. In the fall of 2005, we began to develop and implement technology to connect our network directly to local telephone companies and wireless networks in the major metropolitan markets that we serve through the addition of SS-7 capabilities to our VoIP infrastructure. SS-7 technology allows direct access to the customers of the local telephone companies. Prior to the SS-7 implementation, we primarily connected to competitive local exchange carriers, or CLECs, in each metropolitan market which in turn connected to the local telephone company in that market.

The combination of SS-7 technology and direct local telephone company interconnections allows us to offer additional services to our customers and we believe makes it easier for potential customers that use long distance companies to transition their voice traffic to our VoIP network. The SS-7 technology also allows us to offer an increased number of services and enhances our ability to develop new services. We began connecting to the local telephone company networks through the purchase of a significant amount of recurring fixed cost network interconnection capacity in late 2005 in anticipation of future growth. In March 2006, we began utilizing the SS-7 connections to provide services.

Principal Risks

We are subject to various risks discussed in detail under “Risk Factors,” which include risks related to the following:

 

    our limited operating history and fluctuating operating results;

 

    the possibility we may be unable to manage our growth;

 

    extensive competition;

 

    loss of members of our senior management;

 

    our limited number of customers and suppliers;

 

    our dependence on local exchange carriers;

 

    the possibility of network failures;

 

    our need to effectively integrate businesses we acquire;

 

    risks related to acceptance, changes in and failure of technology; and

 

    regulatory interpretations and changes.

 

3


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

InterMetro Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation formed on May 10, 2006 (referred to as InterMetro Delaware), will be the issuer of the common stock offered hereby. InterMetro Delaware is a wholly owned subsidiary of InterMetro Communications, Inc., a California corporation (referred to as InterMetro California). Prior to the completion of this offering, InterMetro California will merge with and into InterMetro Delaware, with InterMetro Delaware being the surviving corporation. As a part of this merger, shares of common stock of InterMetro California will convert into shares of InterMetro Delaware’s common stock on a 1-for-12 reverse stock split conversion ratio. All share and per share information in this prospectus reflect this 1-for-12 reverse stock split conversion ratio. We refer to the merger of InterMetro California with and into InterMetro Delaware and this share conversion collectively as the reincorporation merger. The surviving corporation of the merger will be incorporated in Delaware and will be named InterMetro Communications, Inc. In this prospectus, references to “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our,” except where the context otherwise indicates, refer to InterMetro Delaware and its wholly owned subsidiary, Advanced Tel, Inc. and its predecessors, assuming the reincorporation merger has occurred. Our principal executive offices are located at 2685 Park Center Drive, Building A, Simi Valley, California 93065. Our telephone number is (805) 433-8000. You can access our website at www.intermetro.net. We have not incorporated by reference into this prospectus the information included on or linked from our website and you should not consider it to be part of this prospectus. We have registered or applied for registration of trademarks and service marks in the U.S. and/or foreign jurisdictions, including but not limited to: InterMetro Communications and MetroFone. Other trademarks and service marks referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

4


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after the offering

            shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $            million from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to expand our business (through internal growth and acquisitions), to increase the size of our sales force and to provide for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

 

Over-allotment option

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to             additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

Risk factors

You should read the section titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol

MTRO

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering is based on 5,229,285 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2005 and excludes:

 

    650,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2005 with a weighted average exercise price per share of $0.495;

 

    75,000 shares of common stock reserved for the future issuance of options under our 2004 Stock Option Plan;

 

    600,000 shares of common stock we intend to reserve for future issuance under our contemplated 2006 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan; and

 

    638,810 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants with a weighted average exercise price per share of $0.966.

Unless otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus includes:

 

    1,687,618 shares of common stock from the automatic conversion of our Series A Convertible Notes, including interest accrued through April 30, 2006, into our Series A preferred stock and the conversion of our Series A preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

    166,667 shares of common stock from the automatic conversion of our Series B preferred stock upon the closing of this offering; and

 

    41,667 shares of common stock issued by us in conjunction with the acquisition of ATI.

 

5


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    a 1-for-12 reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock as a result of the conversion ratio in the reincorporation merger to occur prior to completion of this offering;

 

    the acquisition of ATI in March 2006;

 

    the issuance of our Series A Convertible Notes and related warrants to purchase common stock in January 2006 and the issuance of Series B preferred stock and related warrants to purchase common stock in February 2006;

 

    an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and

 

    no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The following tables summarize our selected historical and pro forma consolidated financial data for the periods presented. The summary financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and their related notes and “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information for the year ended December 31, 2005 gives effect to the acquisition of ATI in March 2006, the issuance of our Series A Convertible Notes and Series B preferred stock in January and February 2006, respectively, and the conversion of our Series A Convertible Notes, including interest accrued through April 30, 2006, and Series B preferred stock into common stock as if they had been consummated as of the beginning of the respective periods presented. The pro forma, consolidated financial information is derived from our historical financial statements and the historical financial statements of ATI. ATI’s fiscal year end was June 30. Therefore, in order to prepare the unaudited pro forma amounts in this summary for the year ended December 31, 2005, we added to ATI’s results of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 the results for the period beginning July 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005 and subtracted its results of operation for the period beginning July 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004.

The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to the sale by us of              shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $             per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information set forth below reflects pro forma adjustments that are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to represent our results of operations or financial position that would have resulted had the transactions to which pro forma effect is given been consummated as of the date or for the periods indicated. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

7


Table of Contents
    

Period from
July 22, 2003

(inception)
through
December 31,

                Year Ended
December 31,
       Year Ended
December 31,
    Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
     2003     2004     2005     2005     2005
                       (unaudited)
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Statement of Operations Data:

          

Net revenues

   $ —       $ 1,880     $ 10,581     $ 18,432    

Network costs

     —         1,429       7,358       13,533    
                                  

Gross profit

     —         451       3,223       4,899    

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     1       318       668       1,567    

General and administrative (1)

     222       2,390       3,001       4,136    
                                  

Total operating expenses

     223       2,708       3,669       5,703    
                                  

Operating loss

     (223 )     (2,257 )     (446 )     (804 )  

Interest income

     —         —         —         13    

Interest expense

     (9 )     (470 )     (665 )     (315 )  
                                  

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (232 )     (2,727 )     (1,111 )     (1,106 )  

Provision for income taxes

     —         (1 )     (1 )     (1 )  
                                  

Net loss

   $ (232 )   $ (2,728 )   $ (1,112 )   $ (1,107 )  
                                  

Net loss per common share

          

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.82 )   $ (0.33 )    
                            

Weighted shares used to calculate basic and diluted

     3,333,333       3,333,333       3,333,333      
                            

Pro forma basic and diluted

         $ (0.21 )  
                

Weighted shares used to calculate pro forma basic and diluted

           5,229,285    
                

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (117 )   $ (1,082 )   $ 1,343      

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   $ —       $ (419 )   $ (821 )    

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 1,076     $ 796     $ (211 )    

Other Financial Data:

          

Capital expenditures (2)

   $ —       $ 540     $ 1,031     $ 1,055    

Depreciation and amortization

   $ —       $ 164     $ 579     $ 591    

 

8


Table of Contents
    

Period from
July 22, 2003

(inception)
through
December 31,

                Year Ended
December 31,
       Year Ended
December 31,
    Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
     2003     2004     2005     2005     2005
                       (unaudited)
     (amounts in thousands)

Non-GAAP Financial Information:

          

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss:

          

Net loss

   $ (232 )   $ (2,728 )   $ (1,112 )   $ (1,107 )  

Depreciation included in network costs

     —         153       558       558    

Depreciation included in general and administrative

     —         11       21       33    

Amortization of intangible costs

     —         —         —         252    

Interest expense, net

     9       470       665       315    
                                    

EBITDA(3)

     (223 )     (2,094 )     132       51    

Non-cash stock-based compensation

     —         237       443       443    
                                    

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

   $ (223 )   $ (1,857 )   $ 575     $ 494    
                                    
                 As of December 31, 2005
                 As
Reported
    Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
                       (unaudited)

Balance Sheet Data:

          

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

  $ 595     $ 2,548    

Total assets

 

    2,978       6,635    

Capital leases

 

    348       348    

Series A convertible promissory notes, net of discount (4)

 

    1,985       —      

Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)

 

    (2,706 )     1,697    

(1) Includes stock based compensation of $0, $237 and $443 for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, $443 pro forma.

 

(2) Capital expenditures include direct cash payments made for our equipment, payments made under our capital lease facilities and amounts paid under one of our strategic agreements.

 

(3) We use adjusted EBITDA as a principal indicator of the operating performance of our business. EBITDA represents net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We define adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA excluding non-cash stock based compensation. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a more detailed discussion of adjusted EBITDA and limitations on its use as an analytical tool for investors. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss.

 

(4) Our convertible promissory notes automatically convert into Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.20 and $1.98 per share, as the case may be, subject to certain anti-dilution protections which terminate upon conversion, on the date on which our common stock becomes publicly traded. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of our common stock.

 

9


Table of Contents

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Our adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA excluding non-cash stock based compensation. EBITDA represents income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization.

We have included adjusted EBITDA because we believe it permits a comparative assessment of our operating performance, relative to our performance based on our GAAP results, while isolating the effects of depreciation and amortization, which may vary from period to period without any correlation to underlying operating performance, and of non-cash stock based compensation, which is a non-cash expense that varies widely among similar companies. Our management uses adjusted EBITDA in its decision-making process relating to the operation of our business together with GAAP measures such as revenue and income (loss) from operations. We believe that trends in our adjusted EBITDA are a valuable indicator of our ability to produce operating cash flow to fund our working capital needs, to service debt obligations and to fund capital expenditures. In addition, we believe adjusted EBITDA or similar measures are used by investors and analysts to evaluate companies in our industry. As presented by us, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. We provide information relating to our adjusted EBITDA so that investors have the same data that we employ in assessing our overall operations.

We also believe that adjusted EBITDA is a useful comparative measure within the communications industry because the industry has experienced recent trends of increased merger and acquisition activity and financial restructurings, which have led to significant variations among companies with respect to capital structures and cost of capital (which affect interest expense) and differences in book depreciation of facilities and equipment (which affect relative depreciation expense) including differences in the depreciable lives of similar assets among various companies, as well as non-operating and one-time charges to earnings, such as the effect of debt restructurings.

Our calculation of adjusted EBITDA is not directly comparable to EBIT (earnings before interest and taxes) or EBITDA. In addition, total adjusted EBITDA does not reflect:

 

    changes in, or cash requirement for, our working capital needs;

 

    the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debts; and

 

    any cash requirements for the replacement of assets being depreciated and amortized, which will often have to be replaced in the future, even though depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges.

Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, operating income, net income, cash flow and other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. Rather, adjusted EBITDA is a measure of operating performance that you may consider in addition to those measures. Accordingly, adjusted EBITDA does not represent an amount of funds that is available for management’s discretionary use. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental financial measure.

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Any investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide whether to purchase our common stock. If any of these actually occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could be adversely affected. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently do not deem material also may become important factors that may materially and adversely affect our business. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these described or additional risks and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related To Our Business

We have a limited operating history and, therefore, cannot assure the acceptance of our VoIP services.

We began offering VoIP services in March 2004. Accordingly, we have a limited operating history, and as a result, we have limited financial data that you can use to evaluate our business and prospects. In addition, we derive nearly all of our revenue from VoIP services, which utilize a relatively new technology that has undergone rapid changes in its short history. Our business model is also evolving and it may not be successful. As a result of these factors, the future revenue and income potential of our business is uncertain. Although we have experienced significant revenue growth in recent periods, we may not be able to sustain this growth. Any evaluation of our business and our prospects must be considered in light of these factors and the risks and uncertainties often encountered by companies in our stage of development. Some of these risks and uncertainties relate to our ability to do the following:

 

    maintain and expand our current relationships, and develop new relationships, with carrier customers, retail distribution partners, network vendors and equipment providers;

 

    continue to grow our revenue and meet anticipated growth targets;

 

    manage our expanding operations and implement and improve our operational, financial and management controls;

 

    adapt to industry consolidation;

 

    continue to grow our sales force and marketing efforts;

 

    successfully introduce new, and upgrade our existing, VoIP technologies and services;

 

    respond to government regulations and legislation relating to VoIP, traditional telecommunications services, the Internet, IP-based services and other aspects of our business;

 

    respond effectively to competition; and

 

    attract and retain qualified management and employees.

If we are unable to address these risks, our business, results of operations and prospects could suffer.

Our operating results may fluctuate in the future, which could make our results of operations difficult to predict or cause them to fall short of expectations.

Our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control and could cause our results to be below investors’ expectations, causing the value of our securities to fall. Because our business is evolving, our historical operating results may not be useful in predicting our future operating results. Factors that may increase the volatility of our operating results include the following:

 

    the addition of new carrier customers and retail distribution partners or the loss of existing customers and retail distribution partners;

 

11


Table of Contents
    changes in demand and pricing for our VoIP services;

 

    the timing of our introduction of new VoIP products and services and the costs we incur to develop these technologies;

 

    the timing and amount of sales and marketing expenses incurred to attract new carrier customers and retail distribution partners;

 

    changes in the economic prospects of carrier customers or the economy generally, which could alter current or prospective need for voice services, or could increase the time it takes us to close sales with customers;

 

    changes in our pricing policies, the pricing policies of our competitors or the pricing of VoIP services or traditional voice services generally;

 

    costs related to acquisitions of businesses or technologies; and

 

    the use of VoIP as a replacement for traditional voice services is a relatively new occurrence and carrier customers have not settled into consistent spending patterns.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business could be adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth in our operations and to a lesser extent, our headcount, and we may experience continued growth in our business, both through acquisitions and internal growth. This growth will continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial resources. In particular, continued growth will make it more difficult for us to accomplish the following:

 

    recruit, train and retain a sufficient number of highly skilled personnel;

 

    maintain our customer service standards;

 

    maintain the quality of our VoIP platform;

 

    develop and improve our operational, financial and management controls and maintain adequate reporting systems and procedures;

 

    successfully scale our VoIP platform, including network, software and other technology, to accommodate a larger business; and

 

    maintain carrier and end user satisfaction.

The improvements required to manage our growth will require us to make significant expenditures and allocate valuable management resources.

Our industry is highly competitive and competitive pressures could prevent us from competing successfully in the voice transport services industry.

The carrier and retail markets for voice transport services are intensely competitive. We expect this competition to continue to increase because there are currently no significant barriers to entry into our market. We compete both for wholesale carrier business and for retail consumption of voice transport services. We compete for wholesale carrier business on the basis of a number of factors, including price, quality, geographic reach and customer service. Our competitors often are large, well-established in the communications industry and enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:

 

    greater financial and personnel resources;

 

    greater name recognition;

 

    established relationships with greater numbers of wholesale carriers;

 

    established distribution networks;

 

12


Table of Contents
    greater experience in obtaining and maintaining FCC and other regulatory approvals for products and product enhancements and greater experience in developing compliance programs under U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations;

 

    greater experience in lobbying the U.S. Congress and state legislatures for the enactment of legislation favorable to their interests;

 

    greater experience in product research and development;

 

    greater experience in launching, marketing, distributing and selling products; and

 

    broader-based and deeper product lines.

Our primary current and potential competitors include:

 

    carriers including AT&T, Sprint, MCI, Qwest and Global Crossing;

 

    other start-up VoIP providers that have been formed in the recent past; and

 

    IP networking companies that are attempting to add voice as a supplement to their current data services offerings.

We also compete with companies focused on the distribution of retail voice services and expect to compete with companies providing VoIP services and broadband IP phones and videophones.

If we lose any member of our senior management team and are unable to find a suitable replacement, we may not have the depth of senior management resources required to efficiently manage our business and execute our growth strategy.

We depend on the continued contributions of our senior management and skilled employees. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our officers. There is a risk that the loss of a significant number of key personnel could have negative effects on our results of operations. We may not be able to attract and hire highly skilled personnel to replace lost employees necessary to carry out our business plan. There is also a risk that management may not be able to adopt an organizational structure that meets its objectives, including managing costs and attracting and retaining key employees.

We also need to hire additional members of senior management to adequately manage our growing business. We may not be able to identify and attract additional qualified senior management. Competition for senior management in our industry is intense. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract them. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified senior management we may not be able to implement our business strategy effectively and our revenue may decline. Our success is substantially dependent on the performance of our executive officers and key employees. Given our early stage of development, we are dependent on our ability to retain and motivate high quality personnel. An inability to engage qualified personnel could materially adversely affect our ability to market our VoIP services. The loss of one or more of our key employees or our inability to hire and retain other qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on our business. See “Management.”

A substantial portion of our revenue is generated from a limited number of carrier customers, and if we lose a major customer our revenue could decrease.

A substantial portion of our revenue is generated from a limited number of our carrier customers. Some of our customers have entered into minimum take-or-pay contracts for periods of up to a year, however, we may not be able to enforce these provisions of service agreements or the cost and time required to enforce these provisions may be prohibitive. We expect that a limited number of carrier customers may continue to account for a significant percentage of our revenue and the loss of, or material reduction of their purchases could decrease our revenue and harm our business.

 

13


Table of Contents

We are dependent on a limited number of suppliers and on other capacity providers.

We currently depend on critical services and equipment from a small number of suppliers. There is no guarantee that these suppliers will continue to offer us the services and equipment we require. If we cannot obtain adequate replacement equipment or services from our suppliers or acceptable alternate vendors, we could experience a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. In addition, we rely on other providers for network capacity beyond what we provide over our own network and there is a risk that current capacity providers may cease to provide capacity at economically justifiable rates.

We are dependent on providers of local telecommunications services to reach the end users for our services.

We currently depend on providers of local telecommunications services to provide access to some of our VoIP services. We purchase local access services on a retail basis from local exchange carriers. In the future, we may utilize other local telecommunications services suppliers to reach end users such as wireless carriers, cable companies, power companies and other providers of local broadband services. There is no guarantee that these suppliers will continue to offer the services we require, that these services will be available on economic terms sufficient to execute on our business model or that these suppliers will continue to do business with us. If we cannot obtain adequate replacement services from our suppliers or acceptable alternate vendors, we could experience a material impact on our financial condition and operating results.

Network failures and delays may result in the loss of our customers or expose us to potential liability.

Our VoIP platform uses a collection of communications equipment, software, operating protocols, and applications for the transport of voice among multiple locations. Given the complexity of the network, it is possible that there could be severe disruptions in our ability to timely turn up service requests, minimize service interruptions, and meet requirements of customer service level agreements. We have critical systems in our Los Angeles, California and New York, New York collocation facilities. Our California facilities are located in areas with a high risk of major earthquakes. Our facilities are also subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and terrorism, and to potential disruptions if the operators of these facilities have financial difficulties. Some of our systems may not be fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities. The occurrence of a natural disaster, a decision to close a facility we are using without adequate notice for financial reasons or other unanticipated problems at our facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. Network failures or delays in the turn up of services could cause business interruptions resulting in possible losses to our customers. Such failures or delays may expose us to claims by our customers and may result in the loss of customers.

We may pursue the acquisition of other businesses in order to grow our customer base and access technology and talent, which may not achieve the desired results or could result in operating difficulties, dilution and other harmful consequences.

We completed the acquisition of ATI in March 2006. We expect to pursue additional acquisitions in the future as a key component of our business strategy. We do not know if we will be able to successfully complete any future acquisitions. Furthermore, we do not know that we will be able to successfully integrate the ATI business, or any other acquired business, product or technology or retain any key employees of any acquired business. Integrating any business, product or technology we acquire could be expensive and time-consuming, disrupt our ongoing business and distract our management. If we are unable to integrate any acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our results of operations and financial condition will suffer. There also are no assurances that attractive acquisition opportunities will be available to us in the future. In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

 

    diversion of management’s attention and resources from other business concerns;

 

    difficulties and expenditures associated with integrating the operations and employees from the acquired company into our organization, and integrating each company’s accounting, management information, human resources and other administrative systems to permit effective management;

 

14


Table of Contents
    inability to maintain the key business relationships and the reputations of the acquired businesses;

 

    ineffectiveness or incompatibility of acquired technologies or services with our existing technologies and systems;

 

    potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses;

 

    responsibility for liabilities of acquired businesses;

 

    unavailability of favorable financing for future acquisitions;

 

    inability to maintain our standards, controls, procedures and policies, which could affect our ability to receive an unqualified attestation from our independent accountants regarding management’s required assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting; and

 

    increased fixed costs.

The acquisition of another business, particularly in another country, can subject us to liabilities and claims arising out of such business, including tax liabilities and liabilities arising under foreign regulations. Future acquisitions would also likely require additional financing, resulting in an increase in our indebtedness or the issuance of additional capital stock which could be dilutive to holders of shares issued in this offering. Finally, any amortization or charges resulting from the costs of acquisitions could harm our operating results.

Sales of our IP devices may be severely limited due to their failure to gain broad market acceptance.

In the future, we intend to sell IP devices and related services. Market acceptance requires, among other things, that we

 

    educate consumers on the benefits of our products;

 

    commit a substantial amount of human and financial resources to secure strategic partnerships and otherwise support the retail and/or carrier distribution of our products;

 

    develop our own sales, marketing and support activities to consumers, broadband providers and retailers; and

 

    establish a sufficient number of retail locations carrying our products.

We cannot assure that we will be able to achieve any or all of these objectives and as a result, consumers may perceive little or no benefit from our products and may be unwilling to pay for our products.

Rapid technological changes in the industry in which we operate our business or the market in which we intend to sell our IP devices may render such devices obsolete or otherwise harm us competitively.

We operate in a highly technological industry segment that is subject to rapid and frequent changes in technology and market demand. Frequently such changes can immediately and unexpectedly render existing technologies obsolete. Management expects that technology developed in the future will be superior to the technology that we (and others) now have. Our success depends on our ability to assimilate new technologies into our VolP infrastructure and our IP devices and to properly train engineers, sales staff, distributors and resellers in the use of our technology. The success of our future service offerings or devices depends on several factors, including but not limited to proper new product definition, product cost, timely completion and market introduction of such services, differentiation of our future products from those of our competitors and market acceptance of these products. Additionally, we cannot assure that competing technologies developed by others will not render our current or future developed products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive. The failure of our new product development efforts could have a detrimental effect on our business and results of operations.

 

15


Table of Contents

If we discover IP device defects, we may have product-related liabilities that may cause us to lose revenues or delay market acceptance of our IP devices.

Devices as complex as those we intend to offer frequently contain errors, defects, and functional limitations when first introduced or as new versions are released. We have in the past experienced such errors, defects or functional limitations.

We intend to sell devices into markets that are demanding of robust, reliable and fully functional products. Therefore, delivery of devices with production defects or reliability, quality, or compatibility problems could significantly delay or hinder market acceptance, which could damage our credibility with our customers and adversely affect our ability to attract new customers. Moreover, such errors, defects, or functional limitations could cause problems, interruptions, delays, or a cessation of sales to our customers. Alleviating such problems may require significant expenditures of capital and resources by us. Despite our testing, our suppliers or our customers may find errors, defects or functional limitations in new products after commencement of commercial production, which could result in additional development costs, loss of, or delays in, market acceptance, diversion of technical and other resources from our other development efforts, product repair or replacement costs, claims by our customers or others against us, or the loss of credibility with prospective customers.

We may be negatively affected by weakness in the economy and the communications industry.

A downturn and subsequent slow recovery in the U.S. economy and, in particular, the communications industry, may impact our business. In the past, several of our competitors have filed for protection under the bankruptcy laws and we may be unable to collect receivables due to bankruptcies and business difficulties among our existing and potential customers. Competitors who successfully complete restructuring or bankruptcy reorganization processes or who introduce new product offerings may put us at a competitive disadvantage.

Uncertainty or negative publicity may negatively affect our business.

There is a possibility that uncertainty or adverse publicity concerning negative perceptions about the VoIP industry as a whole could hinder our ability to obtain new customers or undermine our commercial relationship with existing customers.

Our ability to protect our intellectual property is uncertain.

We rely on patent protection, trade secrets, know-how and contractual means to protect our proprietary technology. Patents may afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. For example, our pending U.S. patent applications may not issue as patents in a form that will be advantageous to us, or may issue and be subsequently successfully challenged by others and invalidated. In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to material aspects of our products and methods that are not currently protected by issued patents. Furthermore, competitors may be able to design around the claims of our patents, or develop products or methods outside the scope of our issued claims which provide outcomes which are comparable to ours. We also rely on know-how and trade secrets to maintain our competitive position. Confidentiality agreements or other agreements with our employees, consultants and advisors may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our proprietary technology, know-how, trade secrets, or other proprietary information in the event of misappropriation, unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements, or, even if such agreements are legally enforceable, we may not have adequate remedies for breaches of such agreements. The failure of our patents or agreements to protect our proprietary technology could result in significantly lower revenues, reduced profit margins or loss of market share.

The market for our products depends to a significant extent upon the goodwill associated with our trademarks and service marks. We own, or have licenses to use, the material trademarks, service marks and trade

 

16


Table of Contents

names used in connection with the packaging, marketing and distribution of our products in the markets where those products are sold. Therefore, trademark protection is important to our business. Although most of our trademarks and service marks are registered in the U.S., we may not be successful in asserting trademark protection. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our trademarks or service marks to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. The loss or infringement of our trademarks or service marks could impair the goodwill associated with our brands, harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

We may not be able to determine third-party infringement of our intellectual property rights, which could reduce our competitive advantage.

We may be unable to determine when third parties are using our intellectual property rights without our authorization. The undetected or unremedied infringement of our intellectual property rights, or the legitimate development, or acquisition of intellectual property similar to ours by third parties, could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have as a result of our intellectual property. If we must take legal action to protect, defend, or enforce our intellectual property rights, any suits or proceedings could result in significant costs and diversion of our resources and our management’s attention and we may not prevail in any such suits or proceedings. Finally, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the U.S. A failure to protect, defend, or enforce our intellectual property rights could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our products or activities may infringe, or may be alleged to infringe, upon intellectual property rights of others.

We may encounter future litigation by third parties based on claims that our products or activities infringe the intellectual property rights of others, or that we have misappropriated the trade secrets of others. If any litigation or claims are resolved against us, we may be required to do one or more of the following:

 

    cease selling, incorporating or using any of our products that incorporates the infringed intellectual property, which would adversely affect our revenue or costs or both;

 

    obtain a license from the holder of the infringed intellectual property right, which might be costly or might not be available on reasonable terms, if at all; or

 

    redesign our products to make them non-infringing, which could be costly and time-consuming and may not be possible at all.

Because patent applications can take many months to be published, there may be pending applications, unknown to us, that may later result in issued patents that our products or product candidates or processes may infringe. These patent applications may have priority over patent applications filed by us. Disputes may arise regarding the ownership or inventorship of our intellectual property. There also could be existing patents of which we are unaware that our products may be infringing. As the number of participants in the market grows, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us increases. It is difficult, if not impossible, to determine how such disputes would be resolved.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with patent litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be required to be publicly disclosed. In addition, during the course of patent litigation, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments in the litigation. Any litigation claims against us may cause us to incur substantial costs and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management or restrict our core business.

 

17


Table of Contents

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, or our employees, have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

Some of our employees were previously employed at other communications companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although no such claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key research personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize product candidates, which could severely harm our business.

We are exposed to various possible claims relating to our business and our insurance may not fully protect us.

There is no assurance that we will not incur uninsured liabilities and losses as a result of the conduct of our business. We plan to maintain comprehensive liability and property insurance. We will also evaluate the availability and cost of business interruption insurance. However, should uninsured losses occur, stockholders could lose their invested capital.

The costs incurred by us to develop, enhance, and implement our VoIP services may be higher than anticipated which could hurt our ability to earn a profit.

We may incur substantial cost overruns in the development and establishment of our VoIP services. Management is not obligated to contribute capital to InterMetro. Unanticipated costs may force us to obtain additional capital or financing from other sources, or may cause us to lose our entire investment in our VoIP business if we are unable to obtain the additional funds necessary to implement our business plan. We cannot assure that we will be able to obtain sufficient capital to successfully implement our business plan. If a greater investment is required in the business because of cost overruns, the probability of earning a profit or a return of an investment in InterMetro is diminished.

We may need to raise additional funds in the future and such funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

We may need to raise additional funds in the future for any number of reasons, including:

 

    the loss of revenues generated by sales of our services and products;

 

    the upfront and ongoing costs associated with expanding and enhancing our VoIP infrastructure;

 

    the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;

 

    the expenses we incur in manufacturing and selling our services and products;

 

    the costs of developing new products or technologies;

 

    the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval or clearance of our products and products in development; and

 

    the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions.

If we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, execute our business plan, take advantage of

 

18


Table of Contents

future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated customer requirements. In these events, our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals would be adversely affected.

Changes in stock option accounting treatment may adversely affect our results of operations.

Changes in stock option accounting treatment, which are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2005, will require us to account for employee stock options as compensation expense in our financial statements. In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, or SFAS 123R, which requires companies to measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payments at fair value. SFAS 123R applies to all share-based payment transactions in which an entity acquires goods or services by issuing (or offering to issue) its shares, share options or other equity instruments or by incurring liabilities to an employee or other supplier in amounts based, at least in part, on the price of the entity’s shares or other equity instruments or that require or may require settlement by issuing the entity’s equity shares or other equity instruments. We are required to implement SFAS 123R in our first quarter of 2006. We are currently evaluating the expected impact that the adoption of SFAS 123R will have on our financial position and results of operations. The implementation of SFAS 123R, however, could materially and adversely affect our future reported results of operations.

We will incur increased costs and risks as a result of being a public company, particularly in the context of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

We will incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company and having to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or SOX, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq National Market. These new rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and made some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. We also expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events also could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We are presently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to new rules and regulations and cannot predict the amount of the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

Section 404 of SOX will require us to include an internal controls report from management in our annual report on Form 10-K, and we will be required to expend significant resources in developing the necessary documentation and testing procedures. Given the risks inherent in the design and operation of internal controls over financial reporting, we can provide no assurance as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If our internal controls are not designed or operating effectively, we would be required to disclose that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective. In addition, our registered public accounting firm may either disclaim an opinion as it relates to management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls or may issue an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Investors may lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and which could affect our ability to run our business as we otherwise would like to.

Additional Risks Related to Regulation

Our industry is subject to regulation that could adversely impact our business.

Traditional telephone service has been subject to significant federal and state regulation. Internet services generally have been subject to far less regulation. Because aspects of VoIP are similar to the traditional telephone

 

19


Table of Contents

services provided by incumbent local exchange carriers and other aspects are similar to the services provided by Internet service providers, the VoIP industry has not fit easily within the existing regulatory framework of communications law, and until recently has developed in an environment largely free from regulation.

The Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, the U.S. Congress and various regulatory bodies in the states and in foreign countries have begun to assert regulatory authority over VoIP providers, and are evaluating how VoIP may be regulated in the future. In addition, while some of the existing regulation concerning VoIP is applicable to the entire industry, many regulatory proceedings are focused on specific companies or categories of VoIP services. As a result, both the application of existing rules to us and our competitors and the effects of future regulatory developments are uncertain.

Communications services are generally subject to regulation at the federal, state, local and international levels. These regulations affect us, our customers, and our existing and potential competitors. Delays in receiving required regulatory approvals, completing interconnection agreements or other agreements with local exchange carriers or the adoption of new and adverse regulations may have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, future legislative and judicial actions could have a material adverse effect on us.

Federal legislation generally provides for significant deregulation of the U.S. communications industry, including the information service, local exchange, long distance and cable television industries. This legislation remains subject to judicial review and additional FCC rulemaking. As a result, we cannot predict the legislation’s effect on our future operations. Regulatory proceedings are under way or are being contemplated by federal and state authorities regarding items relevant to our business. These actions could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Future legislation or regulation of the Internet and/or voice and video over IP services could restrict our business, prevent us from offering service or increase our cost of doing business.

At present there are few laws, regulations or rulings that specifically address access to commerce and communications services that utilize internet protocol, including VoIP. We are unable to predict the impact, if any, that future legislation, judicial decisions or regulations concerning internet protocol products and services may have on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Regulation may be targeted towards, among other things, fees, charges, surcharges, and taxation of VoIP services, liability for information retrieved from or transmitted over the Internet, online content regulation, user privacy, data protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, filing requirements, consumer protection, public safety issues like enhanced 911 emergency service, or E911, the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA, the provision of online payment services, broadband residential Internet access, and the characteristics and quality of products and services, any of which could restrict our business or increase our cost of doing business. The increasing growth of the VoIP market and popularity of VoIP products and services heighten the risk that governmental agencies will seek to regulate VoIP and the Internet.

Many regulatory actions are underway or are being contemplated by governmental agencies. Several states of the U.S. and municipalities have recently shown an interest in regulating VoIP services, as they do for providers of traditional telephone service. If this trend continues, and if such regulation is not preempted by action of the U.S. federal government, we may become subject to a variety of inconsistent state and local regulations and taxes, which would increase our costs of doing business, and adversely affect our operating results and future prospects.

On February 12, 2004, the FCC initiated a notice of proposed rulemaking to update FCC policy and consider the appropriate regulatory classification for VoIP and other IP enabled services. On November 9, 2004, the FCC ruled that Vonage’s VoIP service and similar services are jurisdictionally interstate and not subject to state certification, tariffing and other common carrier regulations, including 911. This ruling has been subsequently appealed by several states. There is risk that a regulatory agency could require us to conform to

 

20


Table of Contents

rules that are unsuitable for IP communications technologies or rules that cannot be complied with due to the nature and efficiencies of IP routing, or are unnecessary or unreasonable in light of the manner in which we offer service to our customers. It is not possible to separate the Internet, or any service offered over it, into intrastate and interstate transmission components. While suitable alternatives may be developed in the future, the current IP network does not enable us to identify the geographic path of the traffic.

Our products must comply with industry standards, FCC regulations, state, local, country-specific and international regulations, and changes may require us to modify existing products and/or services.

In addition to reliability and quality standards, the market acceptance of VoIP is dependent upon the adoption of industry standards so that products from multiple manufacturers are able to communicate with each other. Our VoIP products and services rely heavily on communication standards such as SIP, H.323 and SS-7 and network standards such as TCP/IP to interoperate with other vendors’ equipment. There is currently a lack of agreement among industry leaders about which standard should be used for a particular application, and about the definition of the standards themselves. These standards, as well as audio and video compression standards, continue to evolve. We also must comply with certain rules and regulations of the FCC regarding electromagnetic radiation and safety standards established by Underwriters Laboratories, as well as similar regulations and standards applicable in other countries. Standards are continuously being modified and replaced. As standards evolve, we may be required to modify our existing products or develop and support new versions of our products. We must comply with certain federal, state and local requirements regarding how we interact with our customers, including consumer protection, privacy and billing issues, the provision of 911 emergency service and the quality of service we provide to our customers. The failure of our products and services to comply, or delays in compliance, with various existing and evolving standards could delay or interrupt volume production of our VoIP telephony products, subject us to fines or other imposed penalties, or harm the perception and adoption rates of our service, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

There may be risks associated with the lack of 911 emergency dialing or the limitations associated with E911 emergency dialing with our VoIP services.

In the future, we intend to sell and support IP devices. In May 2005, the FCC unanimously adopted an Order and Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, or NPRM, that requires some VoIP providers to provide emergency 911, or E911, service. On June 3, 2005, the FCC released the text of the First Report and Order and Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in the VoIP E911 proceeding, or the VoIP E911 Order. As a result of the VoIP E911 Order, VoIP service providers that interconnect to the public switched telephone network, or PSTN, or interconnected VoIP providers, will be required to offer the same 911 emergency calling capabilities offered by traditional landline phone companies. All interconnected VoIP providers must deliver 911 calls to the appropriate local public safety answering point, or PSAP, along with call back number and location, where the PSAP is able to receive that information. E911 must be included in the basic service offering; it cannot be an optional or extra feature. The PSAP delivery obligation, along with call back number and location information must be provided regardless of whether the service is “fixed” or “nomadic.” User registration of location is permissible initially, although the FCC is committed to an advanced form of E911 that will determine user location without user intervention, one of the topics of the further NPRM to be released eventually. The VoIP E911 Order mandates that existing and prospective customers must be notified of the capabilities and limitations of VoIP service with respect to emergency calling, and interconnected VoIP providers must obtain and maintain affirmative acknowledgement from each customer that the customer has read and understood the notice of limitations and distribute warning labels or stickers alerting consumers and other potential users of the limitations of VoIP 911 service to each new subscriber prior to the initiation of service. In addition, an interconnected VoIP provider must make it possible for customers to update their address (i.e., change their registered location) via at least one option that requires no equipment other than that needed to access the VoIP service. All interconnected VoIP providers were required to comply with the requirements of the VoIP E911 Order by November 28, 2005. On November 7, 2005, the FCC’s Enforcement Bureau issued a Public Notice with respect to that requirement. The notice stated that providers that

 

21


Table of Contents

had not fully complied with E911 requirements were not required to discontinue services to existing customers, but that the FCC expected such providers to discontinue marketing their services and accepting new customers in areas where the providers could not offer E911 capabilities. However, in order to comply, interconnected VoIP providers must obtain access to incumbent local exchange carrier, or ILEC, facilities. In some cases, ILECs have denied VoIP providers access to these necessary facilities. Pending legislation may address whether ILECs have legal obligations to provide access to these necessary facilities.

The VoIP E911 Order will increase our cost of doing business and may adversely affect our ability to deliver service to new and existing end users in all geographic regions. We cannot guarantee that E911 service will be available to all of our subscribers. The VoIP E911 Order or follow-on orders or clarifications and potential legislation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Some of our products and services could be adversely impacted if network operators are permitted to restrict or degrade access to their broadband networks.

The concept of net neutrality asserts that network operators should not be allowed to charge content or application providers extra for faster delivery or other preferential treatment. On August 5, 2005, the FCC adopted a policy statement setting forth the following net neutrality guidelines: (1) consumers are entitled to access the lawful Internet content of their choice; (2) consumers are entitled to run applications and use services of their choice, subject to the needs of law enforcement; (3) consumers are entitled to connect their choice of legal devices that do not harm the network; and (4) consumers are entitled to competition among network providers, application and service providers, and content providers. Although the policy statement is not legally binding, it does set forth the FCC’s current view on net neutrality. Notwithstanding this stated policy statement, the FCC could reverse its position or decide not to implement the policy in its on-going regulatory proceedings. Further, federal legislation may also address net neutrality in a manner that requires, permits or disallows the FCC to implement its stated net neutrality policy. Such legislation could also require the FCC to modify its policy in whole or in part. Because some of our VoIP products and services utilize the networks of third parties, regulation and potential legislation concerning net neutrality could impact our business. Further, some of our carrier customers rely, in part, on the implementation of net neutrality principles in order to offer their VoIP services. If our carrier customers are adversely impacted by legislative or regulatory action concerning net neutrality, it could also adversely impact us.

Uncertainty regarding whether our services are classified as “telecommunications” or “information” services makes it difficult to predict whether we will need to pay additional charges, surcharges, fees and/or taxes to provide our services and whether we are subject to state and local regulation.

There are many unresolved proceedings at the FCC intended to address whether various types of VoIP services are properly classified as telecommunications services and/or information services. Federal legislation may also impact this determination. If our services are determined to be telecommunications services, we may be subject to additional regulation, including but not limited to the application of additional charges, surcharges, taxes and fees that would adversely impact our business. If it is determined that we provide telecommunications services, we could also be required to comply with state regulation and the related filing requirements that could adversely impact our business.

Some local exchange carriers have asserted that past and current services are subject to intrastate and/or interstate access charges. Several proceedings at the FCC within our industry were initiated to address issues relevant to these claims. In April 2004, the FCC ruled that AT&T’s phone-to-phone IP telephone service is not exempt from access charges as an unregulated “information” service, finding that AT&T’s specific network architecture met the definition of a regulated “telecommunications” service. If it is determined that our services were subject to access charges, we may be subject to pay such charges. We also may find it uneconomical to prospectively offer some services if we are prospectively required to pay access charges. Some local exchange

 

22


Table of Contents

carriers invoice for these charges, others have not submitted such invoices. For example, in June 2005, one of our network vendors informed us that they may be liable for access charges. The vendor indicated that they may pass those third-party charges on to us since they believe the charges are due to our use of services. While disputing the basis for the third-party charges, we provided a $100,000 deposit in order to continue receiving services. Another vendor made a similar request. Although we have successfully disputed these charges to date, regulatory actions or commercial agreements may cause us to pay these charges, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

We may from time to time be subject to disputes with customers and vendors relating to amounts invoiced for services provided which we may not be able to resolve in our favor.

It is not unusual in our industry to occasionally have disagreements with vendors relating to amounts billed for services provided between the recipient of the services and the vendor. To the extent we are unable to favorably resolve these disputes, our revenues, profitability or cash may be adversely affected.

Risks Associated With This Offering

There has been no prior public market for our common stock and an active trading market may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market may not develop following completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair the value of your shares and your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them. An inactive market also may impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies, products or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

We expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the offering price.

The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:

 

    volume and time of orders for our products;

 

    changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals or applications;

 

    arrangements or strategic partnerships by us or our competitors;

 

    announcements of license agreements, acquisitions or strategic alliances by us or our competitors;

 

    the introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;

 

    disputes or other developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

 

    our ability to develop, obtain regulatory clearance for and market, new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

 

    product liability claims or other litigation;

 

    quarterly variations in our or our competitor’s results of operations;

 

    sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers and directors;

 

    changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; and

 

    general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

 

23


Table of Contents

Because of his significant stock ownership, our principal stockholder will be able to exert control over us and our significant corporate decisions.

Based on shares outstanding at December 31, 2005, our principal stockholder owns 100% of our outstanding common stock and is entitled to vote 100% of our outstanding common stock and certain securities convertible or exercisable into common stock pursuant to a voting rights agreement. Upon completion of this offering our principal stockholder will be entitled to vote approximately     % of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, our principal stockholder is able to control the election of the members of our Board of Directors and to generally exercise control over our affairs. Such concentration of voting control could also have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of InterMetro that might otherwise be beneficial to stockholders. We cannot assure that conflicts of interest will not arise with respect to such principal stockholder or that such conflicts will be resolved in a manner favorable to us. See “Principal Stockholders.” This concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our common stock by, among other things:

 

    delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company;

 

    impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving our company; or

 

    causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all stockholders.

We also plan to reserve up to five percent of the shares offered in this offering under a directed share program in which our principal stockholder, employees, business associates and related persons may be able to purchase shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. This program may further increase the percentage of stock held by persons whose interests are aligned with our executive officers’, directors’ and principal stockholders’ interests.

Future sales of our common stock may depress our stock price.

Our current stockholders hold a substantial number of shares of our common stock that they will be able to sell in the public market in the near future. A significant portion of these shares is held by a small number of stockholders. Sales by our current stockholders of a substantial number of shares after this offering could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. Moreover, after this offering, the holders of 2,733,474 shares of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of warrants and conversion of Series A Convertible Notes, including interest through April 30, 2006, and Series B Preferred Stock have and will have rights, subject to some conditions, to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. The 2,733,474 shares represent approximately             % of the total number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering.

We also intend to register all common stock issuable under our 2004 Stock Option Plan and our contemplated 2006 Plan, totaling 1,325,000 shares. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting.” If any of these holders cause a large number of securities to be sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital. Please see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a description of sales that may occur in the future.

You will experience substantial dilution in the book value per share and will experience further dilution with the future exercise of stock options and warrants.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution, which means that:

 

    you will pay a price per share that exceeds by $             the per share net tangible book value of our assets immediately following the offering (on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2005), and

 

    the investors in the offering will have contributed             % of the total amount to fund us but will own only             % of our outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

24


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2005, we had outstanding options to purchase 650,000 shares of our common stock, of which 387,040 were vested. From time to time, we may issue additional options to employees and non-employee directors pursuant to our equity incentive plans. These options generally vest 20% on the date of grant and continue vesting 5% each quarter thereafter. Once these options vest, you will experience further dilution as these stock options are exercised by their holders.

As of December 31, 2005 we had outstanding warrants to purchase 638,810 shares of our common stock. All of these warrants are immediately exercisable.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change of control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could affect our stock price adversely and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective prior to the completion of this offering contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of these provisions:

 

    authorize the issuance of preferred stock which can be created and issued by the board of directors without prior stockholder approval, with rights senior to those of the common stock;

 

    provide for a classified board of directors, with each director serving a staggered three-year term;

 

    prohibit our stockholders from filling board vacancies or calling special stockholder meetings; and

 

    require advance written notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations.

In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirors to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of directors, including delay or impede a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest involving our company. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of potential gain for the foreseeable future.

 

25


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which are, in some cases, beyond our ability to control or predict and that may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors include those listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Actual events or results may differ materially. In evaluating these statements, you should understand that various factors, in addition to those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this document, could affect our future results and could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements, including the following:

 

    our limited operating history and fluctuating operating results;

 

    the possibility we may be unable to manage our growth;

 

    extensive competition;

 

    loss of members of our senior management;

 

    our limited number of customers and suppliers;

 

    our dependence on local exchange carriers;

 

    the possibility of network failures;

 

    our need to effectively integrate businesses we acquire;

 

    risks related to acceptance, changes in and failure of technology; and

 

    regulatory interpretations and changes.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of these forward-looking statements.

You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

26


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of              shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We presently intend to use the net proceeds to expand our business through internal growth and acquisitions, to increase the size of our sales force and to provide for working capital and other general corporate purposes. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the growth of our sales and marketing activities, status of our research and development efforts, the amount of proceeds actually raised in this offering and the amount of cash generated by our operations, if any.

We may use an unspecified portion of the net proceeds to acquire, or to invest in, complementary businesses, services, technologies, products or assets. From time to time, in the ordinary course of business, we expect to evaluate potential acquisitions of these businesses, services, technologies, products and assets. However, we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any potential acquisitions or investments.

We have not determined the amount of net proceeds to be used specifically for the foregoing purposes and the amounts we actually spend could differ from our expectations. As a result, management will have broad discretion over the proceeds from this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment grade securities. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business and therefore we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in future financing instruments and other factors our board of directors deem relevant.

 

27


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2005:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on an unaudited pro forma basis to give effect to our acquisition of ATI in March 2006, issuance of our Series A Convertible Notes and Series B preferred stock in January and February 2006, respectively, and the conversion of all of our Series A Convertible Notes, including accrued interest through April 30, 2006, and Series B preferred stock into common stock; and

 

    on an unaudited pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of              shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses to be paid by us.

 

     At December 31, 2005
     As
Reported
    Pro Forma
(unaudited)
   

Pro Forma

As Adjusted
(unaudited)

     (in thousands, except share and per
share data)

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 595     $ 2,548    
                  

Total Debt:

      

Borrowings under line of credit facility

   $ 30     $ 30    

Capital lease obligations

     348       348    

Series A convertible promissory notes, net of discount

     1,985       —      
                  

Total debt

     2,363       378    
                    

Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit):

      

Preferred stock; $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; -0- shares issued and outstanding as reported, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         —      

Common stock; $0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 3,333,333 shares issued and outstanding as reported; 5,229,285 shares issued and outstanding pro forma;              shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

     3       5    

Additional paid in capital

     1,937       5,634    

Deferred stock based compensation

     (574 )     (574 )  

Accumulated deficit

     (4,072 )     (3,368 )  
                  

Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)

     (2,706 )     1,697    
                  

Total capitalization

   $ (343 )   $ 2,075    
                  

In addition to the              shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, we may issue additional shares of common stock under the following plans and arrangements:

 

    650,000 shares subject to outstanding options as of December 31, 2005 under our stock option plans with a weighted average exercise price per share of $0.495;

 

    75,000 shares of common stock reserved for the future issuance of options under our 2004 Stock Option Plan;

 

    600,000 shares of common stock we intend to reserve for future issuance under our contemplated 2006 Omnibus Stock and Equity Incentive Plan; and

 

    638,810 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants as of December 31, 2005 with a weighted average exercise price per share of $0.966.

You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and selected notes beginning on page         .

 

28


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, you will experience dilution to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering.

As of December 31, 2005, we had a net tangible book value of $(2.7 million), or $(0.82) per share. The net tangible book value per share of common stock is determined by subtracting total liabilities from the total book value of the tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding on the date the book value is determined.

Our pro forma net tangible book value at December 31, 2005 is $(1.0 million) or $(0.20) per share, which includes the pro forma effect of our acquisition of ATI in March 2006, issuance of our Series A Convertible Notes and Series B preferred stock in January and February 2006, respectively, and the conversion of our Series A Convertible Notes, including accrued interest through April 30, 2006 and Series B preferred stock into common stock. The pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock is determined by subtracting total pro forma liabilities from the total pro forma tangible assets and dividing the difference by the pro forma number of shares of our common stock deemed to be outstanding on the date the tangible book value is determined. After giving effect to the sales of              shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $             per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page to this prospectus) and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, our pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value as of December 31, 2005 would have been $             million or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $             per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $             per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $                 

Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2005

   $                 

Pro forma effect of ATI acquisition

   $                 

Pro forma effect of private placements after December 31, 2005

   $                 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2005

   $                 

Increase per share attributable to new investors

   $                 

Pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value per share after the offering

   $                 

Dilution per share to new investors

   $                 

The following table sets forth on an unaudited pro forma, as adjusted basis, as of December 31, 2005, the difference between the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by the new investors purchasing shares in this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased    Total Consideration   

Average Price

Per Share

     Number    Percent    Amount    Percent   

Existing stockholders

      %                   %                $             
                          

New investors

              
                          

Totals

              
                          

The foregoing discussion and tables assume no exercise of any stock options or warrants and no issuance of shares reserved for future issuance under our equity plans. As of December 31, 2005, there were stock options outstanding to purchase 650,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.495 per share and warrants outstanding to purchase 638,810 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.966 per share. To the extent that any of these options or warrants are exercised, your investment will be further diluted. In addition, we may grant more options or warrants in the future, which will cause further dilution to your investment.

 

29


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The statement of operations and cash flow data set forth below with respect to the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and each of the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 are derived from and refer to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma data included on the table has been adjusted for the acquisition of ATI in March 2006, the issuance and conversion of our Series A Convertible Notes and related warrants in January 2006 and our Series B preferred stock and related warrants in February 2006 into common stock.

 

     

Period from
July 22, 2003
(inception)
through

December 31,

    Year Ended December 31,     Pro Forma
(Unaudited)
 
     2003     2004     2005     2005  
     (in thousands, except for share and per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

        

Net revenues

   $ —       $ 1,880     $ 10,581    

Network costs

     —         1,429       7,358    
                          

Gross profit

     —         451       3,223    

Operating expense

        

Sales and marketing

     1       318       668    

General and administrative (includes stock based compensation of $0, $237 and $443 for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005)

     222       2,390       3,001    
                          

Operating expenses

     223       2,708       3,669    
                          

Operating loss

     (223 )     (2,257 )     (446 )  

Interest expense

     9       470       665    
                          

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (232 )     (2,727 )     (1,111 )  

Provision for income taxes

     —         (1 )     (1 )  
                          

Net loss

   $ (232 )   $ (2,728 )   $ (1,112 )  
                          

Net loss per common share

        

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.82 )   $ (0.33 )  
                          

Weighted average shares used to calculate basic and diluted

     3,333,333       3,333,333       3,333,333    
                          

Pro forma basic and diluted

         $ (0.21 )
              

Weighted average shares used to calculate pro forma basic and diluted

           5,229,285  
              

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (117 )   $ (1,082 )   $ 1,343    

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   $ —       $ (419 )   $ (821 )  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 1,076     $ 796     $ (211 )  

 

30


Table of Contents
     

Period from
July 22, 2003

(inception)

through

December 31,

    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2003     2004     2005  
     (in thousands)  

Other Financial Data:

      

Capital expenditures (1)

   $ —       $ 540     $ 1,031  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ —       $ 164     $ 579  

Non-GAAP Financial Information:

      

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss:

      

Net loss

   $ (232 )   $ (2,728 )   $ (1,112 )

Depreciation included in network costs

     —         153       558  

Other depreciation amounts

     —         11       21  

Interest expense, net

     9       470       665  
                        

EBITDA (2)

   $ (223 )   $ (2,094 )   $ 132  

Non-cash stock-based compensation

     —         237       443  
                        

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

   $ (223 )   $ (1,857 )   $ 575  
                        

 

      Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2004     2005  
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 254     $ 595  

Total assets

     1,421       2,978  

Long term capital leases, including current

     321       348  

Convertible notes payable, net of discount, including current (3)

     1,926       1,985  

Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)

     (2,339 )     (2,706 )

(1) Capital expenditures include direct cash payments made for our equipment, payments made under our capital lease facilities and amounts paid under one of our strategic agreements.
(2) We use adjusted EBITDA as a principal indicator of the operating performance of our business. EBITDA represents income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We define adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA excluding non-cash stock based compensation. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a more detailed discussion of adjusted EBITDA and limitations on its use as an analytical tool for investors. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss.
(3) Our convertible promissory notes automatically convert into Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.20 and $1.98 per share, as the case may be, subject to certain anti-dilution protections which terminate upon conversion, on the date on which our common stock becomes publicly traded. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of our common stock.

 

31


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations together with our financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 and elsewhere in this prospectus.

General

InterMetro has built a national, private, proprietary voice-over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, network infrastructure offering an alternative to traditional long distance network providers. We use our network infrastructure to deliver voice calling services to traditional long distance carriers, broadband phone companies, VoIP service providers, wireless providers, other leading communications companies and end users. Our VoIP network utilizes proprietary software, configurations and processes, advanced Internet Protocol, or IP, switching equipment and fiber-optic lines to deliver carrier-quality VoIP services that can be substituted transparently for traditional long distance services. VoIP technology is generally more cost efficient than the circuit-based technologies predominantly used in existing long distance networks and is easier to integrate with enhanced IP communications services such as web-enabled phone call dialing, unified messaging and video conferencing services.

We focus on providing the national transport component of voice services over our private VoIP infrastructure. This entails connecting phone calls of carriers or end users, such as wireless subscribers, residential customers and broadband phone users, in one metropolitan market to carriers or end users in a second metropolitan market by carrying them over our VoIP infrastructure. We compress and dynamically route the phone calls on our network allowing us to carry up to approximately eight times the number of calls carried by a traditional long distance company over an equivalent amount of bandwidth. In addition, our VoIP equipment costs significantly less than traditional long distance equipment and is less expensive to operate and maintain.

Recently, we enhanced our network’s functionality by implementing Signaling System 7, or SS-7, technology. SS-7 allows us to connect our VoIP infrastructure directly to customers of the local telephone companies, as well as customers of wireless carriers. SS-7 is the established industry standard for reliable call completion, and it also provides interoperability between our VoIP infrastructure and traditional telephone company networks.

Overview

History. We were founded as a California corporation in July 2003 and began generating revenue in March 2004. We have grown our business to approximately $3.7 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2005.

We increased our employee base from 14 employees at December 31, 2003 to 38 employees as of March 31, 2006. We expect our headcount to continue to grow as our business expands. Our corporate headquarters is located in Simi Valley, California. We lease collocation space for our VoIP equipment in carrier- class telecommunications facilities in metropolitan markets throughout the U.S. and expect to add additional collocation facilities as we expand our VoIP network.

Our Business Model

Historically we have been successful in implementing our business plan through the expansion of our VoIP infrastructure. Since our inception, we have grown our customer base to include over 30 carriers, including large publicly traded companies and retail distribution partners. In connection with the addition of customers and the

 

32


Table of Contents

provision of related voice services, we have expanded our national VoIP infrastructure to reach 28 metropolitan markets.

We have experienced rapid growth since we began offering our VoIP services in the Los Angeles metropolitan market in March 2004. Our revenue increased over five-fold from $1.9 million in 2004 to $10.6 million in 2005 and our network costs during the same periods were $1.4 million and $7.4 million, respectively. We had net losses of $2.7 million in 2004 and $1.1 million in 2005, and we expect net losses to increase as we dedicate our resources to the implementation and expansion of our SS-7 based network capacity. We also expect that our revenue growth will be significantly impacted as we shift a significant portion of our sales and marketing resources to many of our existing customers in order to transition to SS-7 based services during the first half of 2006. We expect this to be partially offset by higher revenue per minute for SS-7 based services.

Revenue. We generate revenue primarily from the sale of voice minutes that are transported across our VoIP infrastructure. We negotiate rates per minute with our carrier customers on a case by case basis. The products that we sell through our retail distribution partners are typically priced at per minute rates which are competitive with traditional calling cards and prepaid services. Our carrier customer services agreements and our retail distribution partner agreements are typically one year in length with automatic renewals and may contain minimum take-or-pay commitments. We generally bill our customers on a weekly basis with either a prepaid balance required at the beginning of the week of service delivery or with net terms determined by customers’ creditworthiness. Factors that affect our ability to increase revenue include:

 

    Changes in the average rate per minute that we charge our customers.

Our voice services are sold on a price per minute basis. The rate per minute for each customer varies based on several factors, including volume of voice services purchased, a customer’s creditworthiness, and, increasingly, use of our SS-7 based services, which are priced higher than our other voice transport services.

 

    Increasing the net number of customers utilizing our VoIP services.

Our ability to increase revenue is primarily based on the number of carrier customers and retail distribution partners that we are able to attract and retain, as revenue is generated on a recurring basis from our current customer base. We expect to increase our customer base primarily through the expansion of our direct sales force and our marketing programs. Our customer retention efforts are primarily based on providing high quality voice services and superior customer service. We expect that the addition of SS-7 based services to our network will significantly increase the universe of potential customers for our services because many customers will only connect to a voice service provider through SS-7 based interconnections.

 

    Increasing the average revenue we generate per customer.

We increase the revenue generated from existing customers by expanding the number of geographic markets connected to our VoIP infrastructure. Also, we are typically one of several providers of voice transport services for our larger customers, and can gain a greater share of a customer’s revenue by consistently providing high quality voice service.

 

    Acquisition of revenue.

We expect to expand our revenue base through the acquisition of other voice service providers. We plan to continue to acquire businesses whose primary cost component is voice services or whose technologies expand or enhance our VoIP service offerings.

Network Costs. Our network, or operating, costs are primarily comprised of fixed cost and usage based network components. We generally pay our fixed network component providers at the beginning or end of the month in which the service is provided and we pay for usage based components on a weekly or monthly basis

 

33


Table of Contents

after the delivery of services. Some of our vendors require a prepayment or a deposit based on recurring monthly expenditures or anticipated usage volumes. Our fixed network costs include:

 

    Competitive local exchange carrier costs.

The interconnections between our VoIP infrastructure and our customers’ end users, as well as our retail customers, have historically been purchased on a monthly recurring fixed cost basis from competitive local exchange carriers, or CLECs. Historically, CLEC interconnections have been our largest component of fixed network costs. We expect these costs to decrease with the continued implementation of SS-7.

 

    SS-7 based interconnection costs.

In the first quarter of 2006, we added a significant amount of capacity, measured by the number of simultaneous phone calls our VoIP infrastructure can connect in a geographic market, by connecting directly to a local phone company through SS-7 based interconnections purchased on a monthly recurring fixed cost basis. As we expand our network capacity and expand our network to new geographic markets, SS-7 based interconnection capacity will become a greater portion of our fixed network costs. Until we are able to increase revenues based on our SS-7 services, these fixed costs will significantly reduce the gross profit earned on our revenue.

 

    Other fixed costs.

Other significant fixed costs components of our VoIP infrastructure include private fiber-optic circuits and private managed IP bandwidth that interconnect our geographic markets, monthly leasing costs for the collocation space used to house our networking equipment in various geographic markets, local loop circuits that are purchased to connect our VoIP infrastructure to our customers and usage-based vendors within each geographic market. Other fixed network costs include depreciation expense on our network equipment and monthly subscription fees paid to various network administrative services.

The usage based cost components of our network include:

 

    Off-net costs.

In order to provide services to our customers in geographic areas where we do not have existing or sufficient VoIP infrastructure capacity, we purchase transport services from traditional long distance providers and resellers, as well as from other VoIP infrastructure companies. We refer to these costs as “off-net” costs. Historically, the only significant usage based cost component of our network was for off-net services. Off-net costs are billed on a per minute basis with rates that vary significantly based on the particular geographic area to which a call is being connected.

 

    SS-7 based interconnections with local carriers.

The SS-7 based interconnection services we purchased during the first quarter of 2006, and those we intend to purchase for the provision of a majority of our future services, include a usage based, per minute cost component. The rates per minute for this usage based component are significantly lower than the per minute rates for off-net services. We expect that the usage based costs for SS-7 services will become the largest cost component of our network as we transition existing revenue to SS-7 based services and add new customers.

Our fixed-cost network components generally do not experience significant price fluctuations. Factors that affect these network components include:

 

    Efficient utilization of fixed-cost network components.

Our customers utilize our services in identifiable fixed daily and weekly patterns. Customer usage patterns are characterized by relatively short periods of high volume usage, leaving a significant amount of time where the network components remain idle.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our ability to attract customers with different traffic patterns, such as customers who cater to residential calling services, which typically spike during evening hours, with customers who sell enterprise services primarily for use during business hours, increases the overall utilization of our fixed-cost network components. This decreases our overall cost of operations as a percentage of revenues.

 

    Strategic purchase of fixed-cost network components.

Our ability to purchase the appropriate amount of fixed-cost network capacity to (1) adequately accommodate periods of higher call volume from existing customers, (2) anticipate future revenue growth attributed to new customers, and (3) expand services for new and existing customers in new geographic markets is a key factor in managing the percentage of fixed costs we incur as a percentage of revenue.

From time to time, we also make strategic decisions to add capacity with newly deployed technologies, such as the SS-7 based services, which require purchasing a large amount of network capacity in many geographic markets prior to the initiation of customer revenue.

Our usage based network components costs are affected by:

 

    Fluctuations in per minute rates of off-net service providers.

Increasing the volume of services we purchase from our vendors typically lowers our average off-net rate per minute. Another factor in the determination of our average rate per minute is the mix of voice services we use by carrier type, with large fluctuations based on the carrier type of the end user which can be local exchange carriers, wireless providers or other voice service providers.

 

    Sales mix of our VoIP infrastructure capacity versus off-net services.

Our ability to sell services connecting our on-net geographic markets, rather than off-net areas, affects the volume of usage-based off-net services we purchase as a percentage of revenue.

Sales and Marketing Expense. Sales and marketing expenses include salaries, sales commissions, benefits, travel and related expenses for our direct sales force, marketing and sales support functions. Our sales and marketing expenses also include payments to our agents that source carrier customers and retail distribution partners. Agents are primarily paid commissions based on a percentage of the revenues that their customer relationships generate. In addition, from time to time we may cover a portion or all of the expenses related to printing physical cards and related posters and other marketing collateral. All marketing costs associated with increasing our retail consumer user base are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses include salaries, benefits and expenses for our executive, finance, legal and human resource personnel. In addition, general and administrative expenses include fees for professional services, occupancy costs and our insurance costs, and depreciation expense on our non-network depreciable assets. In addition, our general and administrative expenses include stock-based compensation on option grants to our employees and options and warrant grants to non-employees for goods and services received.

 

35


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the results of our operations expressed as a percentage of revenue:

 

     Period from
July 22, 2003
(inception)
through
December 31,
2003
   Year Ended December 31,  
        2004     2005  

Net revenues

   —      100 %   100 %

Network costs

   —      76     70  
                 

Gross profit

   —      24     30  

Operating expenses:

       

Sales and marketing

   —      17     6  

General and administrative

   —      127     28  
                 

Total operating expenses

   —      144     34  
                 

Operating loss

   —      (120 )   (4 )

Interest expense

   —      25     7  

Loss before provision for income taxes

   —      (145 )   (11 )

Provision for income taxes

   —      —       —    
                 

Net loss

   —      (145 )%   (11 )%
                 

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005

Net Revenues. Net revenues increased $8.7 million, or 462.6%, from $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in net revenues was primarily attributable to growth in net revenues from carrier customers, both in net revenues generated from carrier customers existing at December 31, 2004 and new customers which interconnected during the year. Approximately 45% of our 2005 revenue came from new customers.

Network Costs. Network costs increased $5.9 million, or 414.7%, from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, primarily due to additional network expansion and growth in minutes from existing and new carrier customers. Gross margin increased from 24% for the year ended December 31, 2004 to 30% for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase in gross margin was attributable principally to the expansion of new on-net markets.

Depreciation expense included within network costs for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $153,000 (8.1% of net revenues) as compared to $558,000 (5.3% of net revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2005. Included in our network costs were $34,000 (1.8% of net revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to $128,000 (1.2% of net revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2004 related to our network expansion.

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased $350,000, or 110.0%, from $318,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $668,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005. Sales and marketing expenses as a percent of net revenues were 16.9% and 6.3% for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. The increase in sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2005 principally related to increases in our direct costs related to our sales and marketing efforts (including product placement and consulting services), advertising, our participation in industry trade shows and other customer related expenses during the year of approximately $218,000, $60,000 and $27,000, respectively.

 

36


Table of Contents

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased $611,000, or 25.6 %, from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. General and administrative expenses as a percent of net revenues were 127.1% and 28.4% for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. The increase in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2005 principally related to an increase in payroll and payroll-related expenses, travel, and insurance due to the addition of new employees and the growth in our business of $260,000, $74,000 and $43,000, respectively.

We also include the non-cash compensation relating to options granted to our employees, which increased $206,000, or 86.9%, from $237,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $443,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005. We have elected to recognize compensation cost for our employees under the minimum value method of the Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees and related interpretations. Under APB 25, we recognize as compensation cost, if any, over the respective vesting period, the difference between the deemed fair value of our common stock and the exercise price on the date of grant. We account for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation and Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with, Selling Goods and Services, in which we recognize the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more readily available. The increase from the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 relates primarily to an increase in non-cash charges recognized on our option grants to employees, consultants and for purchases of equipment of $206,000.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $195,000 or 41.6%, from $470,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $665,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase in interest expense was attributable to our convertible promissory notes sold in June 2004 and November 2004 and (which will continue to accrue and is expected to convert with the note principal into our equity), financing costs associated with the equipment draws for the network expansion under our strategic agreement.

Period from July 22, 2003 (Inception) through December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004

During the year ended December 31, 2004, we began our business operations, and as a result, achieved our first customer revenues and related network costs. In addition, we incurred $318,000 in sales and marketing costs and $2.4 million in general and administrative costs related to employee payroll and various other costs relating to the build-out of our corporate infrastructure and, $470,000 of interest expense primarily related to our convertible promissory notes. In addition, we reported stock-based charges of approximately $237,000 related to the non-cash expense relating to the accounting of certain warrants issued in connection with our strategic agreement with our equipment partner and the difference between the deemed fair value of our common stock for financial accounting purposes and the exercise price of options granted to employees and others which vested during the year ended December 31, 2004 under our 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan.

We began generating revenue in March 2004, and as a result, operating results for the period July 22, 2003 (inception) through September 30, 2003 included no revenues, no network costs and no expenses other than approximately $222,000 of general and administrative expenses related to capital raising and other miscellaneous start-up expenses. Accordingly, the results for this period are not meaningful in comparison to the operating results for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

37


Table of Contents

Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table presents our unaudited condensed quarterly financial data:

 

      Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2004
    June 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2004
    Mar. 31,
2005
    June 30,
2005
    Sept. 30,
2005
    Dec. 31,
2005
 
     (unaudited)  
     (amounts in thousands)  

Net revenues

   $ 5     $ 281     $ 557     $ 1,037     $ 1,357     $ 2,348     $ 3,193     $ 3,682  

Network costs

     19       275       420       715       1,030       1,425       2,234       2,669  
                                                                

Gross profit

     (14 )     6       137       322       327       923       959       1,013  

Costs and expenses:

                

Sales and marketing

     55       70       70       124       149       105       155       258  

General and administrative

     485       651       602       652       686       790       748       776  
                                                                

Total costs and expenses

     540       721       672       776       835       895       903       1,034  

Operating loss

     (554 )     (715 )     (535 )     (454 )     (508 )     28       56       (21 )

Interest expense

     25       78       80       286       116       132       194       223  

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (579 )     (793 )     (615 )     (740 )     (624 )     (104 )     (138 )     (244 )

Provision for income taxes

     —         —         —         (1 )     —         —         (1 )     —    
                                                                

Net loss

   $ (579 )   $ (793 )   $ (615 )   $ (741 )   $ (624 )   $ (104 )   $ (139 )   $ (244 )
                                                                

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 31, 2005, we had $595,000 in cash, including $30,000 of cash related to our line of credit (this amount is currently restricted in its use for as long as the underlying line of credit is outstanding). In January and February 2006, we raised capital through the issuances of $575,000 of Series A Convertible Notes and $1.0 million of Series B preferred stock, respectively. Adjusted for these issuances and the acquisition of ATI, our cash balance at December 31, 2005 was approximately $2.5 million.

Significant changes in cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2004 are as follows:

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $(1.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The more significant changes related to our net loss for year ended December 31, 2005 of $(1.1) million, depreciation and other non-cash charges of approximately $1.1 million, increases in our deferred revenues of $137,000, accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.7 million, and a decrease of $27,000 in our other long-term assets, offset by an increase in accounts receivable, net of $322,000 and increase in our deposits held by others of $166,000. The increases in our accounts payable and accrued expenses is primarily comprised of increases in (a) the amounts due under our strategic agreement of approximately $451,000, (b) funds held to be remitted to payphone service providers of approximately $203,000 and (c) accrued interest due on the convertible promissory notes of approximately $179,000. Such increases are a result of the overall increase in the growth of our business.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $(821,000) as compared to $(419,000) for the year ended December 31, 2004, and is attributable to purchases of property and equipment.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 was ($211,000) as compared to cash provided by financing activities of $796,000 for the year December 31, 2004. Net cash included the net proceeds from the sale of our convertible promissory notes of $917,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 (there we no sales of our convertible promissory notes in the year ended December 31, 2005) offset by the repayment of principal of our capital lease obligations of $241,000 and $121,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

We currently anticipate that our existing cash, the net proceeds from this offering and any cash generated from operations will be sufficient to fund our operating activities, capital expenditures and other obligations

 

38


Table of Contents

through at least the next 12 months. However, we may need to raise additional capital in order to fund more rapid expansion, to expand our marketing activities, to develop new or enhance existing services or products, to respond to competitive pressures or to acquire complementary services, businesses or technologies. If we are not successful in generating sufficient cash flow from operations, we may need to raise additional capital through public or private financings, strategic relationships or other arrangements. This additional funding, if needed, might not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Our failure to raise sufficient capital when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If additional funds were raised through the issuance of convertible debt or equity securities, the percentage of convertible debt and stock owned by our then-current note holders and stockholders would be reduced. Furthermore, such convertible debt and equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our then-current convertible debt and equity securities. The sale of convertible debt securities or additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in incurring debt service obligations and could result in operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. In addition, there can be no assurance that any additional financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

Credit Facilities

In February 2005, we executed an agreement with a commercial bank for a $30,000 revolving credit facility to be used for general working capital. This facility has been renewed through January 2007. Interest on the outstanding balance accrues at an annual rate of 2.5% above the bank’s prime rate. At December 31, 2005, the bank’s prime rate was 7.25%. We are required to maintain a $30,000 balance in an account with the commercial bank (in which they have a security interest therein) as collateral for this loan. We are also required to pay the bank on a monthly basis an unused line fee on the unused portion of this line at an annual rate of 0.625%.

Leases

In February 2004, we entered into a non-cancelable lease agreement to purchase network equipment, software and other equipment up to $465,000. As part of securing this lease facility, we issued a warrant to purchase 19,375 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.20 per share. In August 2005 and April 2006, we entered into similar non-cancelable lease agreements to purchase network equipment, software and other equipment up to an additional $300,000 in each lease. As part of securing the August 2005 lease facility, we issued a warrant to purchase 7,576 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of a $1.98 per share. In conjunction with the April 2006 lease, we will issue warrants for 3,500 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share. The future minimum lease payments are discounted using interest rates of 18% to 28% over 18 to 30 months.

Critical Accounting Policies and the Use of Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe that the following accounting policies involve the greatest degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition. We recognize our VoIP services revenues when services are provided, primarily on usage. Revenues derived from sales of calling cards through related distribution partners are deferred upon the sale of the cards. These deferred revenues are recognized into revenues generally when all usage of the cards

 

39


Table of Contents

occur. We recognize revenue in the period that services are delivered and when the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed and determinable, no significant performance obligations remain for us and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Our deferred revenues consist of fees received or billed in advance of the delivery of the services or services performed in which cash receipt is not reasonably assured. This revenue is recognized when the services are provided and no significant performance obligations remain or when cash is received for previously performed services. We assess the likelihood of collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit worthiness of the customer. Generally, we do not request collateral from our customers. If we determine that collection of revenues are not reasonably assured, we defer the recognition of revenue until the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. We account for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees and related interpretations, and comply with the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, as Amended. Under APB No. 25, compensation cost, if any, is recognized over the respective vesting period based on the difference between the deemed fair value of our Common Stock and the exercise price of the option on the date of grant. We account for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123, Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with, Selling Goods or Services. All transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more readily measured. The measurement date of the fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the counterparty’s performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.

Under the provisions of SFAS 123, we have elected to continue to recognize compensation cost for our employees under the minimum value method of APB No. 25 and comply with the pro forma disclosure requirements under SFAS 123. Stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net loss related to common stock options if options granted under the plan have an exercise price below the deemed fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

All stock options granted to our employees, officers and directors under our equity plans were intended to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the fair value of the shares of our common stock underlying those options or awards on their respective dates of grant. Because there is not a public market for our shares, we determined these exercise prices in good faith, based on the best information available to us at the time of grant.

We did obtain a contemporaneous valuation by an unrelated valuation specialist as of September 30, 2005. In addition, we relied on numerous objective and subjective factors and methodologies to value our common stock at different stages of our growth; both of these methods were used to value our issued stock options or awards.

We took into consideration the following factors:

 

    key company milestones;

 

    third-party preferred stock investments and related common stock implied values based on preferred stock preferences;

 

    comparable company analysis; and

 

    key industry and market factors.

 

40


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables arising in the normal course of business. We do not charge interest on our trade receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in our existing accounts receivable. We review our allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. We determine the allowance based upon historical write-off experience, payment history and by reviewing significant past due balances for individual collectibility. If estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts subsequently prove insufficient, additional allowance may be required.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. We assess impairment of our other long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets. An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered by us include:

 

    significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;

 

    significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and

 

    significant negative industry or economic trends.

When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, an estimate is made of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, based on the fair market value if available, or discounted cash flows if not. To date, we have not had an impairment of long-lived assets.

Accounting for Income Taxes. We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method in accordance with SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of the assets and liabilities. We periodically review the likelihood that we will realize the value of our deferred tax assets and liabilities to determine if a valuation allowance is necessary. We have concluded that it is more likely than not that we will not have sufficient taxable income of an appropriate character within the carryforward period permitted by current law to allow for the utilization of certain of the deductible amounts generating deferred tax assets; therefore, a full valuation allowance has been established to reduce the deferred tax assets to zero at December 31, 2005. In addition, we operate within multiple domestic taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in those jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues, which may require an extended period of time for resolution. Although we believe that our financial statements reflect a reasonable assessment of our income tax liability, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these issues could significantly differ from our original estimates.

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards. As of December 31, 2005, our net operating loss carryforwards for federal tax purposes were approximately $2.2 million. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change of control net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes against its post-change income may be limited. This Section 382 limitation is applied annually so as to limit the use of our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to an amount that generally equals the value of our stock immediately before the ownership change multiplied by a designated federal long-term tax-exempt rate. Subject to applicable limitations, net operating losses subject to a Section 382 limitation are not lost if they are not utilized in a particular year. Section 382 provides that all unused net operating losses can be carried forward and aggregated with the following year’s available net operating loss.

 

41


Table of Contents

Contingencies and Litigation. We evaluate contingent liabilities including threatened or pending litigation in accordance with SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” and record accruals when the outcome of these matters is deemed probable and the liability is reasonably estimable. We make these assessments based on the facts and circumstances and in some instances based in part on the advice of outside legal counsel.

Contractual Obligations

Our major outstanding contractual obligations relate to our convertible notes payable from our financings, capital lease obligations related to purchases of fixed assets, amounts due under our strategic equipment agreement, operating lease obligations, and other contractual obligations, primarily consisting of the underlying elements of our network. There are no significant provisions in our agreements with our network partners that are likely to create, increase, or accelerate obligations due thereunder other than changes in usage fees that are directly proportional to the volume of activity in the normal course of our business operations. We have no long-term obligations of more than three years.

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual obligations at December 31, 2005:

 

      Payments due by period
(in thousands)

Contractual Obligations

   Total    Less than
1 year
   1-3 years
     (amounts in thousands)

Capital lease obligations

   $ 348    $ 197    $ 151

Operating lease obligations

     10      5      5

Contractual letters of credit

     30      30      —  
                    

Total

   $ 388    $ 232    $ 156
                    

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We currently do not have any outstanding derivative financial instruments, off-balance sheet guarantees, interest rate swap transactions, foreign currency forward contracts or any other off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures Regarding Market Risk

Foreign Currency Market Risks. We currently do not have significant exposure to foreign currency exchange rates as all of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars.

Interest Rate Market Risk. Our cash is invested in bank deposits and money market funds denominated in U.S. dollars. The carrying value of our cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, deposits, other current assets, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses, deferred revenue and customer deposits, borrowings under line of credit facility, current portion of long-term capital lease obligations and the current portion of Series A convertible promissory notes approximate fair value because of the short period of time to maturity. At December 31, 2005, the carrying value of the long term portion of our Series A convertible promissory notes and capital lease obligations approximate fair value as their contractual interest rates approximate market yields for similar debt instruments.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity,” which establishes standards for how to classify and measure certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities (or assets, in some circumstances) and equity. SFAS 150 requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within the scope of SFAS 150 as a liability (or an asset, in some circumstances). Many of those instruments were previously classified as equity. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15,

 

42


Table of Contents

2003. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have any impact on our results of operations or financial position as of December 31, 2005. We are evaluating the impact of the issuances of our preferred stock in February 2006.

In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46”). FIN 46 replaces the earlier version of this interpretation issued in January 2003. FIN 46 addresses the consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities as defined. Application of FIN 46 is required in financial statements of public entities that have interests in variable interest entities or potential variable interest entities commonly referred to as special-purpose entities for periods ending after December 15, 2003. Application of FIN 46 to all other types of entities is permitted if the original interpretation was previously adopted. We adopted the original interpretation and FIN 46 as of December 31, 2003, which did not have a material effect on our financial statements.

On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123(R) (revised 2004), Share Based Payment, which is a revision of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” SFAS 123(R) supersedes SFAS 123 and amends SFAS 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS 123. However, SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees and non-employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values.

We adopted SFAS 123(R) effective January 1, 2006 using the modified-prospective method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS 123(R) for all share-based payments granted and modified after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of SFAS 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date. We currently account for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognize no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS 123(R)’s fair value method will have a significant impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. SFAS 123(R) also requires excess tax benefits as defined to be reported as a financing cash flow rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. This requirement will reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in period after adoption.

In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, issued Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 107, which provides guidance regarding the application of SFAS 123(R). SAB 107 expresses the SEC staffs’ views regarding the interaction between SFAS 123R Share Based Payment and certain SEC rules and regulations and provides the SEC’s views regarding the valuation of share-based payments arrangement for public companies. In particular, this SAB 107 provides guidance related to share-based payment transactions with nonemployees, the transition from nonpublic to public entity status, valuation methods (including assumptions such as expected volatility and expected term), the accounting for certain redeemable financial instruments issued under share-based payment arrangements, the classification of compensation expense, non-GAAP financial measures, first-time adoption of Statement 123R in an interim period, capitalization of compensation cost related to share-based payment arrangements, the accounting for income tax effects of share-based payment arrangements upon adoption of Statement 123R, the modification of employee share options prior to adoption of Statement 123R and disclosures in Management’s Discussion and Analysis, or MD&A, subsequent to adoption of Statement 123R.

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB No. 20, Accounting Changes and SFAS 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements. This Statement requires retrospective application of prior period financial statements of a change in accounting principle. It applies both to voluntary and to changes required by an accounting pronouncement if the pronouncement does not include specific transition provisions. APB 20 previously required that most voluntary changes in accounting principles be recognized by recording the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We adopted the provisions of SFAS 154 on January 1, 2006 and such adoption did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

43


Table of Contents

OUR BUSINESS

Overview

InterMetro has built a national, private, proprietary voice-over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, network infrastructure offering an alternative to traditional long distance network providers. We use our network infrastructure to deliver voice calling services to traditional long distance carriers, broadband phone companies, VoIP service providers, wireless providers, other leading communications companies and end users. Our VoIP network utilizes proprietary software, configurations and processes, advanced Internet Protocol, or IP, switching equipment and fiber-optic lines to deliver carrier-quality VoIP services that can be substituted transparently for traditional long distance services. VoIP technology is generally more cost efficient than the circuit-based technologies predominately used in existing long distance networks and is easier to integrate with enhanced IP communications services such as web-enabled phone call dialing, unified messaging and video conferencing services.

We focus on providing the national transport component of voice services over our private VoIP infrastructure. This entails connecting phone calls of carriers or end users, such as wireless subscribers, residential customers and broadband phone users, in one metropolitan market to carriers or end users in a second metropolitan market by carrying them over our VoIP infrastructure. We compress and dynamically route the phone calls on our network allowing us to carry up to approximately eight times the number of calls carried by a traditional long distance company over an equivalent amount of bandwidth. In addition, our VoIP equipment costs significantly less than traditional long distance equipment and is less expensive to operate and maintain.

Recently, we enhanced our network’s functionality by implementing Signaling System 7, or SS-7, technology. SS-7 allows us to connect our VoIP infrastructure directly to the customers of the local telephone companies, as well as customers of wireless carriers. SS-7 is the established industry standard for reliable call completion, and it also provides interoperability between our VoIP infrastructure and traditional telephone company networks.

Historically, VoIP services have been hampered by poor sound quality and by lack of interoperability with traditional circuit-based phone devices. Our private, managed network design, as opposed to use of the unmanaged public Internet, gives us a high level of control of sound quality and we have designed internal software that provides access to our infrastructure from traditional phone devices. Our network services allow our customers to reduce costs while taking advantage of access to useful information about their voice traffic and can be easily accessed with both traditional phone devices and new IP-based devices, such as broadband IP phones, IP videophones and wireless IP phones.

We have experienced rapid growth since we began offering our VoIP services in the Los Angeles metropolitan market in March 2004. Our revenue increased over five-fold from $1.9 million in 2004 to $10.6 million in 2005. On a pro forma basis, taking into account our recent acquisition, our 2005 revenue increased to $18.4 million, a ten-fold increase from 2004. As of December 31, 2005, we expanded our VoIP network to 28 metropolitan statistical areas, or MSAs, enabling us to service, without using a long distance carrier, approximately 107 million end users, or 38% of the U.S. population. We are able to provide voice services to the remainder of the country by purchasing services from traditional long distance carriers, although at a higher cost to service than transporting calls over our own network. During the year ended December 31, 2005, we provided over 1.7 billion minutes of voice service across our network based on minutes billed. Utilizing our experience with VoIP technology and our scalable network design, we intend to expand our network’s capacity and increase the number of MSAs we service.

Our VoIP infrastructure delivers significant benefits to our customers, including:

 

    increasing the margins earned from existing retail voice services or reducing the costs of using voice services;

 

    improving customer service through access to real-time information about network performance and billing;

 

44


Table of Contents
    reducing the administrative burden of managing end users for our carrier customers;

 

    increasing the investment return on customer owned traditional circuit-based equipment; and

 

    enabling the creation of value-added enhanced voice services.

Our goal is to displace the incumbent long distance carriers as the presumed choice for voice transport services. We intend to become the leading provider of VoIP infrastructure services for traditional phone companies and wireless carriers, as well as new high growth entrants in the consumer voice services market such as broadband phone companies and cable operators. We also package our VoIP services into calling cards and pre-paid services. We have developed plug-and-play technology that enables IP devices to interoperate with our network and expect to begin selling services based on this technology within the next twelve months. We sell our services through our direct sales force and independent sales agents. Our calling cards and pre-paid services are primarily sold by our retail distribution partners.

Along with our voice transport services, we have developed proprietary technologies that combine Internet based software with voice services, effectively allowing end users to control our VoIP infrastructure through web-based interfaces. One example is our proprietary conferencing application which can be used to start a conference call on our network instantly from any web-enabled computer or device. Our network has been specifically designed to give software developers and retail phone companies a platform to create new enhanced voice services like our conferencing application, which we expect will drive significant additional voice traffic to our network.

Recent Developments

Cantata Technology Agreement. In May 2006, we entered into a strategic agreement with Cantata Technology, Inc., or Cantata, formerly known as Excel Switching Corporation, a leading provider of VoIP equipment and support services. We plan to significantly scale our VoIP network using Cantata’s latest, robust, state of the art VoIP equipment, which we believe will increase the functionality and efficiency of our VoIP infrastructure. The terms of the strategic agreement allow us to apply more of our existing current financial resources to the expansion of our sales and operations. Furthermore, we expect Cantata’s equipment to enable us to better integrate, with cost advantages, industry standard SS-7 functionality and reliability with the unique enhanced services capabilities of our VoIP infrastructure. Among other benefits, the agreement provides us preferential pricing and rights to test and deploy newly developed technologies.

Acquisition of Advanced Tel, Inc. In March 2006, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Advanced Tel, Inc., or ATI, a switchless reseller of long distance services, for our common stock and cash. The initial purchase price included: 41,667 shares of our common stock issued at closing, $250,000 cash payable over six months (approximately $42,000 per month) and a $250,000 two-year unsecured promissory note. The promissory note may be increased or decreased, based on ATI’s working capital as of March 31, 2006. ATI’s selling shareholder may earn additional consideration up to 41,667 shares of our common stock and $500,000 in cash, contingent upon meeting certain revenue and profitability targets. In addition, if our common stock does not become freely tradable on a U.S. national stock exchange and is below a certain targeted trading price per share, ATI’s selling shareholder may receive additional cash or stock.

Private Placement of Securities. In January and February 2006, we raised capital through the issuances of $575,000 of Series A Convertible Notes and $1.0 million of Series B preferred stock, respectively.

SS-7 Network Build-out. In the fall of 2005, we began to develop and implement technology to connect our network directly to local telephone companies and wireless networks in the major metropolitan markets that we serve through the addition of SS-7 capabilities to our VoIP infrastructure. SS-7 technology allows direct access

 

45


Table of Contents

to the customers of the local telephone companies. Prior to the SS-7 implementation, we primarily connected to competitive local exchange carriers, or CLECs, in each metropolitan market which in turn connected to the local telephone company in that market.

The combination of SS-7 technology and direct local telephone company interconnections allows us to offer additional services to our customers and we believe makes it easier for potential customers that use long distance companies to transition their voice traffic to our VoIP network. The SS-7 technology also allows us to offer an increased number of services and enhances our ability to develop new services. We began connecting to the local telephone company networks through the purchase of a significant amount of recurring fixed cost network interconnection capacity in late 2005 in anticipation of future growth. In March 2006, we began utilizing the SS-7 connections to provide services.

Industry Background

The U.S. Telecommunications Industry

VoIP service is primarily a substitute or an enhancement to traditional voice services offered by existing telecommunications service providers. The overall telecommunications industry represents one of the largest service markets in the U.S. with sales of approximately $291.7 billion in 2004 according to Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, reports. The market is divided into three industry segments with local services representing approximately $121.9 billion in sales in 2004, long distance services representing an estimated $71.2 billion and wireless voice services representing approximately $98.6 billion. The industry can also be broken into retail and wholesale segments, with the retail market, which includes residential and business end users, totaling $233.3 billion in sales in 2004 and the wholesale segment, which is comprised of carrier to carrier sales, totaling $58.4 billion.

The telecommunications market has been traditionally served by circuit-switched landline local and long distance phone companies and various wireless carriers. However, competition to provide voice services, particularly for retail residential and business customers, has increased significantly due to new entrants in the market including VoIP providers, cable television companies, competitive local exchange carriers, Internet service providers, or ISPs, and wireless IP-based service providers.

In addition, the sale of voice services packaged as calling cards and flat rate subscription services has allowed operators of various retail distribution channels to become participants in the market, such as retail store chains and Internet marketing companies who sell private label voice services. The entry of these competitors has been facilitated in part by the introduction of new technologies such as VoIP.

Overview of Voice over Internet Protocol

VoIP is a developing alternative technology to the circuit-based switched networks that have been used by large telecommunications companies to transport voice calls for the last several decades. Traditional circuit-switched voice calls carried over the public switched telephone network, or PSTN, utilize a fixed, direct connection between the end users. This direct connection typically requires a fixed amount of network capacity, a 64 kilobits per second, or kbps, circuit, which remains completely dedicated between the participants of a voice call. The circuit is dedicated bandwidth and cannot be used for any other purpose while the call is in process, explaining why dial-up Internet subscribers cannot use their phone lines while they are connected to their ISP.

VoIP technology enables voice and data services to be provided simultaneously over an IP network using technologies that digitize voice calls into discrete IP packets. These IP packets are carried across the network and then reassembled into a voice stream that is delivered to the receiving party. IP voice packets can be carried simultaneously with IP packets containing data information and IP packets from a single call can travel over different networks, meeting up to be reassembled into the original voice stream. Also, a voice stream that starts at

 

46


Table of Contents

one end of the network can be compressed so that it requires much less than the 64 kbps of capacity needed for a circuit-based call. Compression is accomplished by eliminating most of the IP packets that are created when digitizing a voice stream, leaving just enough IP packets so that a computer can recreate the sound that was initially digitized. Current compression technology typically provides for up to eight calls to be carried over a single 64 kbps circuit.

IP packets can be carried over any IP-based network, allowing data networks such as the public Internet to be used as a transport infrastructure for voice services. However, the process of reassembling IP packets into high quality voice streams is sensitive to a delay in IP packets reaching the termination point. The Internet is an unmanaged data network, and in the cases of transporting IP packets across large distances and many individual pieces of networking equipment, losses or delays of IP packets may occur, degrading the sound quality of voice streams. This limitation has driven the technology to be implemented by companies who focus on local phone calling services, where the short distances can be adequately handled by public Internet transport and by companies that manage their own secure national private IP networks.

VoIP technology allows operators of newly enabled IP networks, such as cable companies that have modified their networks to provide Internet service, to begin offering voice services to their customers or for new broadband phone companies to deliver voice services over a end user’s existing Internet service. The technology also allows operators of national IP networks to carry voice services across their infrastructure to replace the need for traditional long distance service.

VoIP Market Opportunity

VoIP service currently represents a fraction of the overall market for communications services with estimated sales of $1.3 billion in 2004, according to Infonetics Research. Infonetics expects revenue to reach $19.9 billion by 2009. Worldwide next generation voice equipment revenue reached a new high in 2005, topping $2.5 billion, a 50% jump over 2004, and is projected to increase 145%, reaching $6.2 billion in 2009, according to Infonetics Research’s latest Service Provider Next Gen Voice and IMS Equipment report. A total of $21 billion is expected to be spent on next generation voice equipment worldwide during the five-year period between 2005 and 2009.

According to Infonetics Research, there were 4.3 million VoIP subscribers in North America in 2005, expected to grow by 800% to almost 39.0 million in 2009, representing a compound annual growth rate of 73%. Furthermore, a number of other independent research firms expect the VoIP market in the U.S. to expand dramatically from its current size. For example, Forrester Research expects VoIP households to grow from 0.9 million to 11.5 million from 2004-2009, representing a compound annual growth rate of 66%. Gartner expects VoIP households to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 100% from 1.0 million in 2004 to 32.1 million in 2009. IDC forecasts growth at 95%, as VoIP households grow from 1.0 million to 27.5 million from 2004 to 2009. Finally, Yankee Group estimates VoIP subscribers will grow from 1.1 million in 2004 to 28.5 million in 2009, representing a 92% compound annual growth rate.

We believe that VoIP technology will eventually replace the existing circuit-based U.S. phone infrastructure. Factors driving this transition to VoIP technology include:

 

    More efficient use of physical network capacity. VoIP technology enables voice and data services to be provided simultaneously over an IP network. Voice streams sent over an IP network can be compressed, requiring significantly less bandwidth than the 64 kbps of bandwidth needed for a circuit-based call;

 

    Lower operating and maintenance costs. Equipment used to provide VoIP services costs significantly less than traditional long distance equipment and is less expensive to operate and maintain. VoIP network equipment requires fewer personnel, smaller facilities and lower electricity usage;

 

    Greater features and functionality. IP technology enables more information to be collected and used. This allows us to provide unique services such as real-time network information for network management and customer service; and

 

47


Table of Contents
    Easier integration with software and web-based applications. Because VoIP technology is standards-based it allows software and web-based applications to be easily integrated.

VoIP service providers are able to offer a low cost solution for voice transport needs with value-added enhancements not available with traditional circuit-based technology. VoIP solutions are a substitute for traditional voice transport services for carriers that purchase long distance to incorporate into their product offerings. These carriers are typically in highly competitive markets for end users of voice services and are searching for cost and functionality advantages. Carrier customers who can benefit from high quality VoIP include:

 

    traditional carriers selling directly to consumers;

 

    local exchange carriers selling long distance to their end users;

 

    wireless carriers who provide long distance service to their end users;

 

    broadband VoIP providers offering cable modem or DSL voice service; and

 

    prepaid carriers that package long distance into their calling card products.

In addition, carriers burdened with payments for their committed legacy networks and who are unwilling to allocate capital to build out networks using IP technology can gain VoIP benefits by sending a portion of their traffic over a third-party VoIP service provider network.

Another significant driver of adoption of VoIP is broadband penetration. With the proliferation of the Internet, e-commerce and increasingly bandwidth intensive applications, broadband access has increased significantly. Nielsen/NetRatings reported there were 120.8 million people with broadband access as of August 2005, representing a penetration rate of 42%. This compares with a penetration of 36% or 103.8 million people with broadband access in January 2005. Nielsen/NetRatings research also found in August 2005 that more than 60% of Americans who used the Internet did so using a broadband connection, an increase from 51% one year earlier. IDC estimates that the number of U.S. households using broadband Internet access will grow at a compounded annual rate of 18% from 30 million or 28% of total U.S. households at the end of 2004 to 69 million, or 61% of total U.S. households by the end of 2009. The continued emergence of alternative broadband access technologies, such as fiber-to-the-home, WiFi/WiMax, and broadband over power lines, is expected to continue to drive growth in demand for VoIP.

We believe the market for high quality broadband IP phones and videophones is still in its early stages of adoption by consumers. Utilization of these broadband IP devices is expected to increase as broadband connectivity continues to become more available and less expensive and as a result of the increased breadth of features available to end users. In addition, the emergence of user-friendly plug-in devices that require no additional hardware or software will also fuel growth. Unlike traditional telephones which can plug into and operate through any available analog jack and through different service providers, broadband IP phones and videophones are programmed to work over a specific network.

VoIP providers utilize various business models in terms of their network facilities, geographic presence, services offered and target customers. Providers will generally pursue one of two network deployment strategies: (i) owned-network and (ii) non-owned-network. We are an owned-network provider and limit the use of the public Internet to provide our VoIP services.

VoIP technology has been available for a relatively limited time as a substitute for circuit-based switches. Companies implementing VoIP in a scalable configuration face significant challenges in delivering a high quality service. Both the equipment and software for VoIP are difficult to implement and configuring the necessary components takes significant expertise. Most VoIP companies deliver less than carrier-grade quality of service

 

48


Table of Contents

because they do not have knowledge in the broad range of areas required to provide a scalable IP-based voice service. Also, many VoIP transport providers utilize the public Internet, rather than a private network, to carry their IP data. Using the public Internet for transport allows for fast deployment and low entry costs, but the design of the Internet makes it a poor transmission medium for low latency applications such as VoIP.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe our highly flexible, scalable and secure VoIP infrastructure delivers the cost and functionality benefits of VoIP technology to our customers. Since inception, we have built our network on VoIP technology and do not have to make investments to upgrade from less efficient circuit-based technology used by many traditional carriers. Our VoIP network is robust and efficient, and utilizes some of the most advanced VoIP technology available.

We help our carrier customers increase their margins and enhance the value of their existing end users. We help our retail customers access lower cost VoIP-based solutions for their communications service needs. We intend to continue investing in our VoIP infrastructure to improve and expand our existing service offerings and to address the constantly evolving needs of voice transport customers.

Our competitive strengths include:

 

    State-of-the-art private VoIP infrastructure. We built our VoIP infrastructure from advanced IP technology. We are not burdened by some of the constraints commonly faced by traditional telecommunications companies that use circuit-based equipment. Legacy equipment is more difficult to combine with the latest add-on voice services and network transport technology. We operate and maintain our VoIP technology with significantly less personnel and lower operating costs than switch-based technology achieving comparable capacity.

 

    Cost-efficient IP-based voice services. We believe our VoIP technology provides significant cost savings due to compression and routing efficiencies. In addition, we save money by using equipment that requires little space and significantly reduced electricity costs versus older circuit-switched equipment. Our management team has extensive experience in negotiating pricing and contract terms for these types of products and services. We pass a significant portion of our cost savings on to our customers to help drive sales growth.

 

    Experience marketing VoIP services. Our seasoned management team has significant experience with wireline and wireless telecommunications and experience with IP-based communications. Our knowledge of the VoIP industry, including familiarity with the hardware, software and vendors, allows us to advise potential customers on how to incorporate the technology to increase profitability and increase customer reach. Members of our management team have marketed VoIP services to a wide range of customers and have been instrumental in developing new products to meet individual customer demands.

 

    Product flexibility and speed of deployment. We believe our private network equipment provides a high level of integration between the installation of voice services and billing and customer care functions. We believe this advantage allows us to create and deploy new products faster than traditional communications companies. We also utilize our VoIP infrastructure to tailor retail products to the individual needs of our retail distribution partners.

 

    Strong engineering team with experience in both voice and data networking. Our engineering team is comprised of individuals with backgrounds in networking, software development, database administration and telecommunications installations. We believe that our engineering team is among the most experienced in understanding VoIP services and the related software applications. Members of our engineering team have successfully deployed leading-edge technology in prior businesses, including the build-outs of both a national web hosting service and a large IP-based voice service network.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy

Our goal is to apply our technical and operational expertise with VoIP services to become the leading provider of VoIP infrastructure services to carriers and retail customers. We plan to scale our existing robust network to become one of the largest, most functionally secure private VoIP platforms in the market, allowing us to deliver the highest quality and most innovative voice transport services. To achieve this goal, we plan to:

 

    Enhance and expand our network technology. We plan to continue to enhance our VoIP infrastructure by incorporating the latest generation of equipment and developing new software that will increase the capacity and functionality of our network. We also plan to improve the functionality of our customer service systems and our reporting and network management tools to provide greater control and efficiency for our carrier customers. We continue to add signaling protocol, such as SS-7, to our VoIP infrastructure, which provides additional functionality and greater network coverage. We also plan to expand the number of our VoIP switches.

 

    Expand to new geographic markets. Expanding into new geographic markets provides access to new carrier and retail customers and increased revenues from existing customers. Also, the closer we can bring IP streams to additional geographic destinations before converting the streams back into traditional voice and fax calls, the lower our network costs.

 

    Add to our sales force and increase our marketing efforts. We plan to grow our direct sales force in order to reach a greater number of potential customers.

 

    Grow through acquisitions. We plan to continue to acquire businesses whose primary cost component is voice services or whose technologies expand or enhance our VoIP expertise.

 

    Launch our broadband IP device services. We have developed technology that allows IP devices to interoperate with our network. The market for high quality broadband IP phones and video phones is in its growth stage of consumer adoption. We intend to utilize relationships with existing retail distribution partners to address this opportunity.

Our Service Offerings

We use our network backbone to deliver voice calling services to traditional long distance carriers, broadband phone companies, VoIP service providers, wireless providers, other leading communications companies and end users.

Carrier Services. Carrier services consist of origination and termination services. Such services are provided over our VoIP network constructed as a nationwide system of regional IP nodes known as points-of-presence, or PoPs, connected by a fiber-optic backbone and other bandwidth segments utilizing a secure packet technology called asynchronous transfer mode, or ATM. Our PoPs are typically located in major metropolitan cities and allow us to connect to a majority of the personal and business telephones within a metropolitan geographic region.

Because the network is based on IP technology, the network enables a significant amount of information to be passed to our customers. This allows us to differentiate our service from traditional wholesale voice providers by providing unique real-time information along with enhanced voice services. Important uses for this functionality include the ability to quickly identify misuse or fraud that is occurring with a customer’s user base or to react more quickly to marketing opportunities based on identifiable trends in traffic patterns.

We believe our services offer our carrier customers a competitive advantage by:

 

    providing an alternative to the large traditional network service providers that have influenced price and service levels;

 

    increasing margins transparently by reducing direct network costs while maintaining or improving the quality of service received by their end users;

 

50


Table of Contents
    providing access to our VoIP infrastructure without altering the physical connection process to a voice network and without any required investment in new equipment or software; and

 

    providing new functionality to reduce the cost of customer care and improve fraud detection.

Retail Services. Our retail VoIP services are sold to consumers and distributed in the form of calling cards or through the distribution of personal identification numbers, or PINs. Our retail services integrate the installation of voice services with billing and customer care functionality and voice and data applications such as on-demand conferencing and find-me/follow-me service. We primarily distribute our services through retail distribution partners who hold back a portion of the retail revenue. We have created an automated system for activating and recharging our retail products. We believe our automation significantly lowers costs for retail distribution partners. For example, our automated PIN generating system replaces the need for point of sale terminals which charge per sale transaction fees and require initial integration and software setup.

Our VoIP network is highly flexible and allows our retail distribution partners to design voice products that fit the needs of their underlying end users. Our VoIP network allows our retail distribution partners to take advantage of their brand name recognition and customer loyalty.

We believe our services offer end users and retail distribution partners attractive solutions by:

 

    allowing for delivery of “ready-to-shelf” customized voice service products tailored specifically to our retail distribution partners’ end user demographics; and

 

    providing access to our VoIP network allowing retail customers to use their existing telephones with no requirement to purchase new equipment or software and without the need for broadband access.

IP Devices. We expect to enter into arrangements with one or more distribution partners under which they would sell plug-and-play product devices which do not require additional software. These devices would be purchased from manufacturers and would be configured to work exclusively with our network. We have developed three IP devices — the Broadband MetroFone, the VideoLine MetroFone, and the DialLine MetroFone.

 

    Broadband MetroFone. The Broadband MetroFone looks and operates like a traditional phone but will use a customer’s broadband internet connection and our network to complete calls as compared to traditional phone calls which travel over low bandwidth copper line networks.

 

    VideoLine MetroFone. The VideoLine MetroFone operates in the same manner as the Broadband MetroFone but has the additional capability of sending and receiving real-time television quality video between any of our videophones.

 

    DialLine MetroFone. The DialLine MetroFone is an IP device, which connects between a retail customer’s phone and wall jack and automatically connects a retail customer with our network.

Web-Services. We are in the process of developing a web-service offering. Web-services allow voice to be embedded in applications so that end users can move seamlessly between voice and data communications streams.

Technology and Network Infrastructure

Our state-of-the-art proprietary VoIP network is comprised of three basic components: switching equipment, software and network facilities. Our VoIP switching equipment is manufactured by leading telecommunications industry equipment manufacturers, and enables us to manage voice and data traffic and the associated billing information. Our software applications, including both third party software and internally developed proprietary software, allow for web-based control of our VoIP switching platform and access to data gathered by our VoIP switches. We and our customers utilize this advanced functionality to monitor network performance, capacity utilization and traffic patterns, among other metrics, in real-time. Our IP-based core network facilities provide an efficient physical transport layer for voice and data traffic, and are supplemented by other carriers’ networks to provide extensive domestic and international coverage.

 

51


Table of Contents

The geographic markets serviced by our VoIP infrastructure are connected by leased fiber lines and private IP circuits. In many geographic markets we have leased collocation facilities where we have installed our ATM/MPLS switching equipment which is used to interconnect these fiber lines and IP circuits. This equipment interconnects to the fiber lines running between markets in the network and our VoIP gateway equipment. The VoIP gateway equipment performs analog-to-digital conversion and compression of IP voice. The network is designed to be redundant and self-healing, so that isolated events do not disrupt overall service.

Our network switching system is configured to connect to carrier customers by connecting their switches with ours via traditional circuit-switched connections. We also connect to local exchange carriers through traditional circuit-switched connections so that retail customers can gain access to our services through their existing telephones and telecommunications devices.

We believe that our competitive advantage includes the ability to incorporate software applications into our VoIP network. This allows us to provide enhanced functionality and customer service tools. Our VoIP switching system has an application programming interface to allow for the creation of software application tools to create the enhanced control and functionality features. Our engineering team has extensive experience in implementing value-added applications that allow for greater flexibility in creating services and greater control over network efficiencies and costs. We have developed technology to provide control of the network and access to network utilization data to us and to our customers. Customers can access their own customer service web interfaces that can be used for operations, such as rate modification, customer activation and deactivation, fraud/abuse detection and capacity utilization, among other services. Customers can also utilize the interfaces to control costs by managing traffic flow to their various network vendors, allowing them to least cost route in the same way as large telecommunications companies.

In the fall of 2005, we began to develop and implement technology to connect our network directly to local telephone companies and wireless networks in the major metropolitan markets that we serve through the addition of SS-7 capabilities to our VoIP infrastructure. SS-7 technology allows direct access to customers of local telephone companies. Prior to the SS-7 implementation, we primarily connected to competitive local exchange carriers, or CLECs, in each metropolitan market which in turn connected to the local telephone company in that market.

The combination of SS-7 technology and direct local telephone company interconnections allows us to offer additional services to our customers and we believe makes it easier for potential customers that use long distance companies to transition their voice traffic to our VoIP network. The SS-7 technology also allows us to offer an increased number of services and enhances our ability to develop new services. We began connecting to the local telephone company networks through the purchase of a significant amount of recurring fixed-cost network interconnection capacity in late 2005 in anticipation of future growth. In March 2006, we began utilizing the SS-7 connections to provide services.

Sales and Marketing

Carrier Services Sales Strategy. We employ a direct sales approach for carrier sales which is led by experienced sales professionals with detailed knowledge of the carrier industry. We provide product knowledge, product application consulting, pricing, delivery, and performance information to potential customers so that they are able to help us design services that meet their needs. As we expect to expand the resources of our sales department, sales professionals will be increasingly focused on customer, channel, and geographic levels that are intended to allow us to manage the sales cycle more efficiently. We currently target traditional purchasers of wholesale voice transport services including: inter-exchange carriers, international-based carriers sending voice calls to the U.S., wireless carriers, prepaid service providers, internet-based voice service providers, such as broadband phone companies and cable companies.

We complement our direct sales force with an agent-based sales channel. Through the use of sales agents we reach a larger universe of potential customers. The agent community in the telecommunication industry is large

 

52


Table of Contents

and well-established. A typical agent promotes solutions from a variety of service providers into the carrier buying community. Agents act as telecommunications consultants to the customer, create long-term relationships and develop contacts within organizations. A key role of the agent is to advise the customer of various providers’ offerings.

Retail Services Sales Strategy. We package our VoIP services into calling card and other prepaid services and PIN products sold to retail customers of voice services. These VoIP services are sold through retail distribution partners and do not require distributors to invest in any new technology or to understand the underlying technologies required to service and bill voice products. We have developed relationships with general merchandise and discount retail chains.

We design specific products for each retail distribution partner to improve adoption of our services and to improve their profitability. Retail distributors of our VoIP services collect the revenue from the sale of our products and pass on a majority of the cash collected, holding back a portion of the revenue as their compensation for providing distribution services. We seek innovative ways to expand the scope of our distribution channels and enhance our ability to identify and retain distribution partners. In addition, we also intend to cross-sell services through existing retail distribution partners.

Marketing Overview. We create brand awareness and lead generation through our presence at key trade shows, targeted mailings to specific industry carrier lists and buyers and trade magazine advertising. Additionally, we maintain a web site presence and make available collateral describing our services and business.

Competition

Carrier Services. When selling to carrier customers, we primarily compete with other carriers, including MCI, Qwest and Global Crossing. We also compete with a number of smaller IP-based providers that focus either on a specific product or set of products or within a geographic region. We compete primarily on the basis of transmission quality, network reliability, price and customer service and support.

Retail Services. We compete for retail distribution partners against long distance providers including AT&T, MCI, Sprint and IDT who provide calling cards and prepaid services. Retail distributors purchase these products based on price and private label customization.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is an important element of our business, however, we believe that our technological position depends primarily on the experience of our management team and the knowledge and skill of our engineering and technology staff. We continually review our technological developments with management and our technical staff to identify core technology that provides us with a competitive advantage and file patent applications as necessary to protect these elements of our business. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws of the U.S. and confidentiality procedures to protect our intellectual property rights. Further, our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, copyrights, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property, and assigning to us any ownership that they may claim in those matters. Our standard form agreements for carrier customers and retail distribution partners also contain provisions designed to protect our intellectual property rights.

We are the owners of three patent applications filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. One patent application has been published and relates to the technology which combines instant messenger services with voice services. The other two applications have not yet been published and therefore remain confidential and, to

 

53


Table of Contents

that extent, we treat the applications as trade secrets. We are working with legal counsel to make all necessary filings to advance the examination of each of these patent applications.

We are the owner of numerous trademarks and service marks and have applied for registration of our trademarks and service marks to establish and protect our brand names as part of our intellectual property strategy.

In addition, we have non-exclusive license agreements with respect to technology and related databases from third parties related to the operations of our VoIP platform and the provision of certain service features. We believe our licenses will be renewable or replaceable on commercially reasonable terms.

Governmental Regulation

We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, and orders affecting the rates, terms, and conditions of certain service and product offerings, costs, and other aspects of operations, including relations with other service providers. Regulation varies in each jurisdiction and may change in response to judicial proceedings, legislative and administrative proposals, government policies, competition, and technological developments. We cannot predict what impact, if any, such changes or proceedings may have on our business or results of operations, and we cannot assure that regulatory authorities will not raise material issues regarding our compliance with applicable regulations.

The Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, has jurisdiction over our facilities and services to the extent they are used in the provision of interstate or international communications services. State regulatory commissions, commonly referred to as public service commissions or public utilities commissions, or PSCs or PUCs, generally have jurisdiction over facilities and services to the extent they are used in the provision of intrastate services. Local governments may assert authority to regulate aspects of our business through zoning requirements, permit or right-of-way procedures, taxation and franchise requirements. Foreign laws and regulations apply to communications that originate or terminate in a foreign country. Generally, the FCC and PSCs have not regulated Internet, video conferencing, or certain data services, although the underlying communications components of such offerings may be regulated. Our operations also are subject to various environmental, building, safety, health, and other governmental laws and regulations.

Federal law generally preempts any inconsistent state or local statutes and regulations that restrict the provision of competitive local, long distance and information services. Consequently, we are generally free to provide a broad range of communications services in every state. While this federal preemption greatly increases our potential for growth, it also increases the amount of competition to which we may be subject. It is also possible, despite the general federal preemption, that state or local regulatory agencies will assert jurisdiction over our services.

IP-based enhanced voice services are currently exempt from the reporting and pricing restrictions placed on common carriers by the FCC. However, there are several state and federal regulatory proceedings further defining what specific service offerings qualify for this exemption. Due to the growing acceptance and deployment of VoIP services, the FCC and a number of state PSCs are conducting regulatory proceedings that could affect the regulatory duties and rights of entities that provide IP-based voice applications. There is regulatory uncertainty as to the imposition of access charges, which are used to compensate local exchange carriers to originate or terminate calls, and other taxes, fees and surcharges on VoIP services, including those that use the public switched telephone network. There is regulatory uncertainty as to the imposition of traditional retail, common carrier regulation on VoIP products and services.

The use of the public Internet and private Internet protocol networks to provide voice communications services, including VoIP, is a relatively recent market development. The provision of such services is largely

 

54


Table of Contents

unregulated within the U.S. There are, however, several pending FCC proceedings that will likely affect the regulatory status of Internet telephony and other IP-enabled services. Principal among them is an IP-Enabled Services rulemaking instituted on February 12, 2004, which will examine numerous regulatory issues relating to VoIP. The FCC also has several pending declaratory rulings regarding the regulatory classification of certain IP-enabled services or arrangements. We cannot predict when the FCC may take action in these proceedings, or what action the FCC will take. Any of these proceedings could have an adverse impact on our business.

The concept of net neutrality asserts that network operators should not be allowed to charge content or application providers extra for faster delivery or other preferential treatment. On August 5, 2005, the FCC adopted a policy statement setting forth the following net neutrality guidelines: (1) consumers are entitled to access the lawful Internet content of their choice; (2) consumers are entitled to run applications and use services of their choice, subject to the needs of law enforcement; (3) consumers are entitled to connect their choice of legal devices that do not harm the network; and (4) consumers are entitled to competition among network providers, application and service providers, and content providers. Although the policy statement is not legally binding, it does set forth the FCC’s current view on net neutrality. Notwithstanding this stated policy statement, the FCC could reverse its position or decide not to implement the policy in its on-going regulatory proceedings. Further, federal legislation may also address net neutrality in a manner that requires, permits or disallows the FCC to implement its stated net neutrality policy. Such legislation could also require the FCC to modify its policy in whole or in part. Because some of our VoIP products and services utilize the networks of third parties, regulation and potential legislation concerning net neutrality could impact our business. Further, some of our carrier customers rely, in part, on the enforcement of net neutrality principles in order to offer their VoIP services. If our carrier customers are adversely impacted by legislative or regulatory action concerning net neutrality, it could also adversely impact us.

On May 19, 2005, the FCC issued an order requiring interconnected VoIP service providers to provide Enhanced 911 capabilities to their subscribers. The FCC issued another order on August 5, 2005 requiring interconnected IP-based voice service providers and network providers to comply with the Communications Assistance to Law Enforcement Act, which establishes federal requirements for wiretapping and other electronic surveillance capabilities.

The FCC is also considering several petitions filed by individual companies concerning the rights and obligations of providers of IP-based voice services, and networks that handle IP-based voice traffic or that exchange that traffic with operators of Public Switched Telephone Network, or PSTN, facilities.

On October 18, 2002, AT&T Corporation filed a petition with the FCC requesting a declaratory ruling that calls that originate and terminate on the PSTN, but which may be converted into IP during some part of the transmission, are exempt from access charges under existing FCC rules. On April 21, 2004, the FCC rejected AT&T’s Petition, stating that the calls described by AT&T were telecommunications services subject to access charges under existing FCC rules.

On September 22, 2003, Vonage Holdings Corporation, or Vonage, filed a petition with the FCC requesting a declaratory ruling that its voice communications offerings, which generally originate on a broadband network in IP format and terminate on the PSTN, or vice versa, are interstate information services not subject to state regulation under the federal Communications Act and existing FCC rules. On November 10, 2004, the FCC adopted an order ruling that Vonage’s service was an interstate service not subject to state regulation. The FCC did not rule whether the service was a telecommunications service or an information service under the Communications Act. Appeals were filed in a number of circuits and have been consolidated in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit. The appeals are pending.

State PSCs are also conducting regulatory proceedings that could impact our rights and obligations with respect to IP-based voice applications. Previously, the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission, or the MPUC, ruled that Vonage’s DigitalVoice service was a telephone service under state law, and ordered Vonage to obtain

 

55


Table of Contents

state certification, file tariffs, and comply with 911 requirements before continuing to offer the service in the state. Vonage filed a request in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota to enjoin the MPUC’s decision. On October 16, 2003, a federal judge granted Vonage’s request for an injunction, concluding that Vonage provides an information service immune from state regulation and thereby barring the MPUC from enforcing its decision. On December 22, 2004, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit affirmed the District Court’s decision on the basis of the FCC’s determination that Vonage’s service was interstate and noted that the MPUC would be free to challenge the injunction if it or another party prevailed on an appeal of the FCC’s Vonage order.

The California Public Utilities Commission, or the CPUC, on February 11, 2004, initiated a rulemaking about the appropriate regulatory framework to govern VoIP. Among the issues the CPUC may consider is whether VoIP is subject to CPUC’s regulatory authority, including whether VoIP providers should be required to contribute to state universal service programs, whether VoIP providers should be required to pay intrastate access charges, whether VoIP should be subject to basic consumer protection rules, and whether exempting VoIP providers from requirements applicable to traditional voice providers would create unfair competitive advantages for VoIP providers.

Proceedings and petitions relating to IP-based voice applications are also under consideration in a number of other states, including but not limited to Alabama, Kansas, New York, North Dakota, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Virginia, Washington, and Wisconsin.

We cannot predict the outcome of any of these petitions and regulatory proceedings or any similar petitions and regulatory proceedings pending before the FCC or state public utility commissions. Moreover, we cannot predict how their outcomes may affect our operations or whether the FCC or state public utility commissions will impose additional requirements, regulations or charges upon our provision of IP communications services.

The Communications Act of 1934 requires that every telecommunications carrier contribute, on an equitable and non-discriminatory basis, to federal universal service mechanisms established by the FCC, and the FCC also requires providers of non-common carrier telecommunications to contribute to universal service, subject to some exclusions and limitations. At present, these contributions are calculated based on contributors’ interstate and international revenue derived from U.S. end users for telecommunications or telecommunications services, as those terms are defined under FCC regulations. The FCC has invited public comment on how to further reform the manner in which the FCC assesses carrier contributions to the universal service fund including the standing of VoIP service providers in regards to the universal service fund mechanism. We are unable to predict the changes, if any, the FCC will adopt and the cumulative effect of any such changes on our business.

Changes or uncertainties in the regulations applicable to our business and the communications industry may negatively affect our business. If regulatory approvals become a requirement, delays in receiving required regulatory approvals may result in higher costs and lower revenues. Further, changes in communications, trade, monetary, fiscal and tax policies in the U.S. may negatively impact our results of operations.

Employees

As of March 31, 2006, we had 38 employees, all located in the U.S. We have never had a work stoppage and none of our employees is represented by a labor organization or under any collective bargaining arrangements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Properties

Our principal executive office is located in Simi Valley, California, where we lease a facility with 18,674 square feet of space for approximately $19,508 per month under a lease that expires in March 2009. We believe that our space will be adequate for our needs and that suitable additional or substitute space in the future will be

 

56


Table of Contents

available to accommodate the foreseeable expansion of our operations. We also lease collocation space for our VoIP equipment in carrier class telecommunications facilities in major metropolitan markets throughout the U.S. and expect to add additional collocation facilities as we expand our VoIP network.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may be involved in litigation of claims relating to disputes of the cost and quality of services provided by our network component vendors and providers of general and administrative services. We may also be involved with litigation of claims of alleged infringement, misuse or misappropriation of intellectual property rights of third parties. In the normal course of business, we may also be subject to claims arising out of our operations, and may file collection claims against delinquent customers. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no claims or actions pending or threatened against us that, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on us.

 

57


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Key Employees and Directors

Our executive officers and directors and their ages as of December 31, 2005:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Charles Rice

   42    President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Jon deOng

   32    Chief Technology Officer, Director

Vincent Arena

   36    Chief Financial Officer, Director

Joshua Touber(1)

   43    Director

Robert Grden(1)

   42    Director

Douglas Benson

   74    Director

Our other key employees and officers and their ages as of December 31, 2005:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Eric Fuchs

   38    Vice President of Sales

Rick Sanchez

   47    Vice President of Operations

Todd Steiner

   45    Vice President of Finance

Kenneth Lattin

   59    Vice President of Administration

Glenn Harris

   42    Vice President of Business & Legal Affairs

Phillip Cooper

   38    Vice President of Mergers & Acquisitions

Laura Murtagh

   36    Corporate Secretary
 
  (1) Member of the Audit Committee

Directors and Executive Officers

Charles Rice is the founder of InterMetro and has served as our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President since our inception in July 2003. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Rice was Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President of CNM Network, Inc., or CNM, a national VoIP carrier. Mr. Rice joined CNM in 1997 and became a member of its board of directors in 1998. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Rice served as CNM’s Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to CNM, Mr. Rice spent over 15 years in executive positions. Mr. Rice attended California State University of Northridge.

Jon deOng has served as our Chief Technology Officer and a director since our inception in July 2003. Prior to joining InterMetro, Mr. deOng served as the Chief Technology Officer for CNM from 1999 to 2003 and served as a member of CNM’s board of directors from 1999 to 2003. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. deOng served as Vice President of Technology at CNM. Prior to CNM, Mr. deOng was responsible for managing the development and deployment of Netcom On-line Communication Services, Inc.’s Business Center, the core infrastructure systems of Netcom’s industry leading web hosting service, later acquired by ICG Communications, Inc. Mr. deOng attended the University of Texas.

Vincent Arena has served as our Chief Financial Officer since our inception in July 2003 and as a member of our board of directors since December 2003. Prior to joining InterMetro, Mr. Arena was the Chief Financial Officer for CNM from February 2001 to June 2003. From 1997 to 2001, Mr. Arena held various investment

 

58


Table of Contents

banking positions at Jefferies & Company, Inc., most recently serving as a Vice President in the Telecommunications Group. Mr. Arena holds a Bachelor of Arts degree and a Bachelor of Science degree from Boston University and a Masters degree in Business Administration from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

Joshua Touber has been a director of InterMetro since December 2004. Mr. Touber is currently President of Touber Media, LLC, a media consulting firm. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Touber was the Chief Operating Officer of Ascent Media Creative Services Group, a subsidiary of Liberty Media Group. In 1995, Mr. Touber founded Virtuosity, a telecommunication services provider that developed the “virtual assistant” product category under the “Wildfire” brand name and has served as its President since its inception.

Robert Grden has been a director of InterMetro since August 2004. Mr. Grden is currently the Deputy County Treasurer for the Wayne County Michigan Treasurer’s office. Mr. Grden is a member of the Board of Trustees and current chairman of the Wayne County Employees Retirement System where he oversees certain employee compensation and benefit plans. Prior to that, he was a management consultant with Ernst & Young LLP serving clients in a variety of industries.

Douglas Benson has been a director of InterMetro since May 2006. Dr. Benson is currently the Chief Executive Officer of the Edwin S. Johnston Company, a real estate investment and development company. Dr. Benson was a founder and majority shareholder of Heritage Bank, a commercial bank in Michigan. Dr. Benson served on the board of directors of Andrews University for over 10 years. Dr. Benson holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Andrews University and a Doctor of Medicine from Loma Linda University.

Eric Fuchs has served as our Vice President of Sales since December 2003. Prior to joining InterMetro, Mr. Fuchs was the Vice President of Sales at CNM from 2002 to 2003. At CNM, Mr. Fuchs built a sales team of over 20 national sales professionals. Mr. Fuchs joined CNM in 2000 as National Sales Director. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Fuchs was Regional Vice President of sales at Quantum Shift, a telecommunications management firm. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Fuchs ran ICG Communications Inc’.s Silicon Valley office as Sales Manager. From 1991 to 1998, Mr. Fuchs was the National Sales Director for Ocular Sciences Inc., a multi-national contact lens manufacturer, and a member of the management team that executed Ocular Sciences’ IPO. Mr. Fuchs holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Arizona State University.

Rick Sanchez has served as our Vice President of Operations since December 2003. Prior to joining InterMetro, Mr. Sanchez was the Vice President of Operations at CNM from 2000 to 2003. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Sanchez was Vice President of Business Development at BellSouth International. Prior to BellSouth International, Mr. Sanchez worked at AT&T for over 17 years, most recently as their Managing Director of Non-Traditional Markets. Mr. Sanchez holds a Masters degree in Business Administration and Bachelor of Science degree from Nova Southeastern University

Todd Steiner has served as our Vice President of Finance since December 2003. Prior to joining InterMetro, Mr. Steiner was the Vice President of Finance at CNM from 2002 to 2003. Mr. Steiner joined CNM in 2001 as Director of Finance. At CNM, Mr. Steiner oversaw the design and implementation of CNM’s core accounting systems, monthly closing process and managed relationships with CNM’s primary vendors. Prior to CNM, from 1999 to 2001, Mr. Steiner was a Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, or PWC, primarily focused on the technology and telecommunications industries. Prior to PWC, from 1985 to 1999, Mr. Steiner was employed by Ernst & Young LLP, and was a Senior Manager within the Mergers and Acquisitions Group and Accounting and Auditing Practices. Mr. Steiner holds a Bachelor of Science degree from California State University Northridge and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Kenneth Lattin has served as our Vice President of Administration since April 2005. Prior to joining InterMetro, Mr. Lattin was a consultant for finance and administration matters. Mr. Lattin served as a director on the board of CNM from 1998 to 2004 and held various positions during his time with the company including Senior Vice President of Administration and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to CNM, Mr. Lattin was President and

 

59


Table of Contents

Chief Financial Officer of the Edwin S. Johnston Company, a real estate investment and development company. Mr. Lattin has held various managerial and executive positions in the real estate industry for over 25 years. Prior to this period, Mr. Lattin was a senior auditor with PriceWaterhouse from 1972 to 1977. Mr. Lattin holds a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Southern California.

Glenn Harris has served as our Vice President of Business & Legal Affairs since August 2005. From December 2003 to August 2005, Mr. Harris served as a consultant and legal counsel to various wireless and wireline communications companies. From May 2001 to September 2003, Mr. Harris served as Deputy City Attorney with the City and County of San Francisco, handling telecommunications and employment matters. From May 1999 to March 2001, Mr. Harris served as Assistant General Counsel of NorthPoint Communications, Inc, a national provider of DSL service. Prior to NorthPoint, Mr. Harris represented several leading telecommunications companies. Mr. Harris holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, Santa Barbara and a Juris Doctor from Southwestern University School of Law.

Phillip Cooper has served as our Vice President of Mergers & Acquisitions since October 2005. Prior to joining InterMetro, Mr. Cooper was a Senior Vice President at Jefferies & Company, Inc., an investment bank, where he worked from June 1997 to September 2005. Prior to Jefferies, Mr. Cooper worked as a national bank examiner with the Comptroller of the Currency, an agency of the U.S. Treasury Department. Mr. Cooper holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Texas at Austin and a Masters in Business Administration from the University of Colorado at Boulder.

Laura Murtagh has served as our Corporate Secretary since May 2006. Ms. Murtagh is currently an attorney with the law firm of Richardson & Associates where she has practiced corporate and securities law since August 1998. From 1997 to 1998, Ms. Murtagh was an attorney with the law firm of Preston, Gates & Ellis, LLP. From September 1998 to August 2003, Ms. Murtagh was Corporate Secretary of CNM. Ms. Murtagh holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, Berkeley, and a Juris Doctor from Boston University School of Law.

Former Management Relationships

Messrs. Rice, deOng and Arena held positions for several years as executive officers of CNM Network, Inc. until their departure in June 2003. After their departure, CNM relocated its headquarters and in December 2003, changed its company name. In September 2004, 15 months after management’s departure, the entity formerly known as CNM filed a voluntary bankruptcy proceeding in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court – Central District of California.

Executive Officers, Directors and Committees

Executive Officers

Our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers, which are discussed below under the heading “Executive Compensation – Employment Agreements.”

Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of six directors. We expect to expand our board of directors to seven members from six prior to the effectiveness of this offering. In addition, we plan to appoint directors so that a majority of our directors are independent. In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, the board of directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon completion of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows:

 

    Class I, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of the stockholders to be held in 2008, will be comprised of Messrs. Joshua Touber and Douglas Benson;

 

60


Table of Contents
    Class II, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of the stockholders to be held in 2009, will be comprised of Messrs. Robert Grden and Vincent Arena; and

 

    Class III, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010, will be comprised of Messrs. Charles Rice and Jon deOng.

Our bylaws provide that the number of persons constituting our board of directors may be fixed from time to time, but only by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors and provided that such number cannot be less than three nor more than eleven. Vacancies on the board of directors and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors will be filled by a majority vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third (1/3rd) of the total number of directors. This classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in the control of or management of our company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently has a standing audit committee. The board of directors will perform the functions of the compensation and a nominating and governance committee until they are established by the board of directors prior to or within the contemplated phase-in periods under Nasdaq’s listing requirements. Once established, our board will adopt charters for each of these committees. The following is a brief description of our committees and contemplated committees.

Audit Committee

Messrs. Touber and Grden are the current members of our audit committee. Messrs. Touber and Grden currently meet the independence and experience requirements of the Nasdaq National Market and the Securities and Exchange Commission rules, and Mr. Grden qualifies as an audit committee financial expert under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. We will be required to have one independent director on the audit committee during the 90-day period beginning on the date of effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this offering and of which this prospectus is a part. After such 90-day period and until one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement, we are required to have a majority of independent directors on the audit committee. Thereafter, the audit committee will be required to be composed entirely of independent directors.

Following the completion of this offering, the functions of our audit committee will include:

 

    meeting with our management periodically to consider the adequacy of our internal controls and the objectivity of our financial reporting;

 

    engaging and pre-approving audit and non-audit services to be rendered by our independent auditors;

 

    recommending to our board of directors the engagement of our independent auditors and oversight of the work of our independent auditors;

 

    reviewing our financial statements and periodic reports and discussing the statements and reports with our management, including any significant adjustments, management judgments and estimates, new accounting policies and disagreements with management;

 

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters;

 

    administering and discussing with management and our independent auditors our code of ethics; and

 

    reviewing and approving all related-party transactions in accordance with the rules of The Nasdaq National Market.

 

61


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Prior to the completion of this offering, or within the contemplated phase-in periods under Nasdaq’s listing requirements, we will establish a compensation committee. The functions of our compensation committee will include:

 

    reviewing and, as it deems appropriate, recommending to our board of directors, policies, practices and procedures relating to the compensation of our directors and executive officers and the establishment and administration of certain of our employee benefit plans;

 

    exercising authority under certain of our employee benefit plans; and

 

    reviewing and approving executive officer and director indemnification and insurance matters.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Prior to the completion of this offering, or within the contemplated phase-in periods under Nasdaq’s listing requirements, we will establish a corporate governance and nominating committee. The completion of this offering, the functions of our corporate governance and nominating committee will include:

 

    developing and recommending to our board of directors our corporate governance guidelines;

 

    overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors;

 

    identifying qualified candidates to become members of our board of directors;

 

    selecting nominees for election of directors at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected); and

 

    selecting candidates to fill vacancies on our board of directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We intend to adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees. Any waiver of the provisions of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for executive officers and directors may be made only by the audit committee and, in the case of a waiver for members of the audit committee, by the board of directors. Any such waivers will be promptly disclosed to our stockholders. A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be available upon completion of the offering on our website at www.intermetro.net.

Director Compensation

We currently do not pay our directors any compensation for their services as board members. Upon completion of this offering, we will pay our non-employee directors $1,000 per board meeting attended in person and $500 for each telephonic meeting. In addition, we will compensate members of our board committees as follows: (i) each member of our audit committee will receive $500 per meeting and (ii) each member of our compensation and governance committee will receive $350 per meeting. The Chairman of our audit committee also will receive an annual retainer of $5,000 per year. We also intend to grant our directors options under our contemplated 2006 Plan.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee serves as a member of the board of directors or the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board of directors or compensation committee. No interlocking relationship exists between our board of directors and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company, nor has any interlocking relationship existed in the past.

 

62


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that indemnification under our Bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our Bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether our Bylaws permit such indemnification.

We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our Bylaws. These agreements, among other things, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of such person’s services as one of our directors or officers, or rendering services at our request, to any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

 

63


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table summarizes the compensation paid to, awarded to or earned during the year ended December 31, 2005 by our chief executive officer and our other executive officers who were serving as executive officers on December 31, 2005 and whose salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 for services rendered to us in all capacities during that year. We refer to these executives collectively as our named executive officers.

Summary Compensation Table

 

     Compensation for 2005   

Restricted

Stock

Award

   Long Term Compensation

Name and Principal Position(s)

   Salary    Bonus    Other Annual
Compensation(1)
      Securities
Underlying
Options
   LTIP
Payouts
   All Other
Compensation
                    

Charles Rice

Chief Executive Officer

   $ 230,150    —      $ 3,580    —      —      —      —  
                    

Jon deOng

Chief Technology Officer

   $ 203,335    —      $ 5,553    —      —      —      —  
                    

Vincent Arena

Chief Financial Officer

   $ 202,012    —      $ 1,818    —      —      —      —  

(1) Amounts primarily represent medical insurance premiums.

Option Grants In Year Ended December 31, 2005.

We did not grant any stock options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 to our named executive officers.

Aggregated Option Exercises During the Year Ended December 31, 2005 and Year-End Option Values.

The following table sets forth information for each of the named executive officers regarding the number of shares subject to both exercisable and unexercisable stock options, as well as the value of unexercisable in-the-money options, as of year end. There was no public trading market for our common stock as of year end. Accordingly, the value of the unexercised in-the-money options at year-end has been calculated on the basis of the initial offering price of $            , less the applicable exercise price per share, multiplied by the number of shares issued or issuable, as the case may be, on the exercise of the option.

 

Named Executive Officers

   Shares
Acquired
Upon
Exercise
   Value
Realized
   Number of Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options at
December 31, 2005
   Value of Unexercised
In-The-Money Options at
December 31, 2005
         Exercisable    Unexercisable    Exercisable    Unexercisable

Charles Rice

   —      —      25,000    16,667    —      —  

Jon deOng(1)

   —      —      25,000    16,667    —      —  

Vincent Arena(1)

   —      —      25,000    16,667    —      —  

(1) Does not include options to purchase shares from Charles Rice which were exercised in January 2006 by the entry into an installment purchase agreement and pledged to Mr. Rice.

Employee Benefit Plans

2004 Stock Option Plan

We intend to freeze any further grants of stock options under our 2004 Stock Option Plan, or the 2004 Plan, upon the adoption and effectiveness of our contemplated 2006 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan, or the 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2005, stock options to purchase a total of 650,000 shares at a weighted average

 

64


Table of Contents

exercise price of $0.495 per share were outstanding under the 2004 Plan. Any shares reserved for issuance under the 2004 Plan that are not needed for outstanding options granted under that plan will be cancelled and returned to treasury shares.

Founder Stock Options and Exercises

As of December 31, 2005, Charles Rice, our chief executive officer and founder, had granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,337,500 shares of our common stock held by Mr. Rice to certain of our officers and employees with a weighted average exercise price of $0.06 per share. The options fully vested in January 2006 upon our engagement of an underwriter for this offering. Each option holder exercised his or her option in January 2006 by entering into an installment purchase agreement with Mr. Rice at a purchase price equal to $1.20 per share, issuing Mr. Rice a promissory note with an interest rate of 4.5% per annum for the purchase price with a balloon payment at the end of five years, pledging all of the purchased shares to Mr. Rice for the term of the note and granting Mr. Rice, pursuant to a shareholders’ agreement, voting rights and a right of first refusal to purchase the shares if the holder desires to sell.

Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan

We intend to adopt, and obtain stockholder approval for, a 2006 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan, or 2006 Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering. The contemplated plan allows for the following types of awards, alone or in combination: stock options (incentive stock options and non statutory stock options), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity based awards. The contemplated plan will be administered by the compensation committee which will be composed of independent members of the board of directors. All employees, and consultants under limited circumstances will be eligible to receive awards under the plan. 600,000 shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment, will be reserved for awards under the plan. Awards under the contemplated plan will be subject to vesting conditions which may include performance of services for a period of time, the achievement of performance objectives or a combination of both, as well as accelerated vesting upon a change of control.

Employment Agreements

We entered into employment agreements on January 1, 2004 with our Chief Executive Officer, Charles Rice, our Chief Technical Officer, Jon deOng, and our Chief Financial Officer, Vincent Arena.

The agreements each have an initial term of five years with automatic one year extensions. The agreement with Mr. Rice provides for a base annual salary of $220,000 and a discretionary annual bonus target of up to 100% of his base annual salary. The agreement with Mr. deOng provides for a base annual salary of $185,000 and a discretionary annual bonus target of up to 75% of his base annual salary. The agreement with Mr. Arena provides for a base annual salary of $185,000 and a discretionary annual bonus target of up to 75% of his base annual salary. Each of these agreements calls for an 11% yearly increase in base annual salary.

We expect to amend these agreements prior to completion of this offering.

 

65


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreement will provide that the director or officer will be indemnified to the fullest extent not prohibited by law for claims arising in such person’s capacity as a director or officer no later than 30 days after written demand to us. The agreement will further provide that in the event of a change of control, we would seek legal advice from a special independent counsel selected by the officer or director and approved by us, who has not performed services for either party for five years, to determine the extent to which the officer or director would be entitled to an indemnity under applicable law. Also, in the event of a change of control or a potential change of control we would, at the officer’s or director’s request, establish a trust in an amount equal to all reasonable expenses anticipated in connection with investigating, preparing for and defending any claim. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain skilled management with experience relevant to our industry.

Securities Issuances

Since January 1, 2005, the following directors, executive officers, entities affiliated with directors and other holders of more than 5% of our securities purchased from us securities at the purchase prices or with the exercise prices and in the amounts, as shown below. Shares purchased by all affiliated persons and entities have been aggregated. This table reflects shares purchased from us. Each share of preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

Name

   Principal
Amount of
Series A
Convertible
Notes
   Series A
Warrants
   Series B
Preferred
Shares
   Series B
Warrants
   Additional
Warrants
   Stock
Options

Charles Rice, Chief Executive Officer

   $ 12,997    4,062    —      —      —      41,667

Joshua Touber, Director

   $ 10,019    3,131    8,333    8,333    —      16,667

Robert Grden, Director

   $ —      —      —      —      —      8,333

Douglas Benson, Director

   $ —      —      —      —      —      8,333

David Marshall

   $ 250,000    78,125    8,086    8,086    29,240    —  

Mitchell Pindus

   $ 100,000    31,250    —      —      29,240    —  

Sharyar Baradaran

   $ 100,000    31,250    6,937    6,937    14,620    —  

For additional details on all shares held by each of these purchasers, please refer to the information in this prospectus under the heading “Principal Stockholders.”

Advisory Services Agreement

We have entered into an advisory services agreement with Glenhaven Corporation for its provision of advisory services to us in connection with our financings and business strategy. David Marshall, who beneficially owns approximately 6.36% of our common stock, is the chief executive officer of Glenhaven Corporation. Under the agreement, we have issued to Glenhaven warrants to purchase 219,298 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $0.06 per share.

Voting Rights Agreement

Holders of our Series A Notes and preferred stock granted our chief executive officer, Charles Rice, voting rights with respect to their securities upon conversion to common stock. Those voting rights terminate upon the closing of this offering.

 

66


Table of Contents

Holders of options under our 2004 Plan are required to enter into an agreement granting Mr. Rice voting rights with respect to the common stock issued upon exercise of their options, which agreements expire ten years after execution thereof.

Holders of common stock purchased from Mr. Rice pursuant to options have entered into a shareholders’ agreement granting Mr. Rice voting rights with respect to the common stock issued upon exercise of their options, which agreements expire ten years after execution thereof.

Registration Rights

See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers described under “Management—Employment Agreements.”

 

67


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2006 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus, by:

 

    each of our directors and the named executive officers;

 

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

Beneficial ownership and percentage ownership are determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to shares of stock. This information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, shares of common stock issuable under stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006, are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding the options but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over their shares of common stock, except for those jointly owned with that person’s spouse. Percentage of beneficial ownership before the offering is based on 5,229,285 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 2, 2006 and assumes completion of the reincorporation merger and the automatic conversion of all of our Series A Notes and preferred stock upon completion of this offering. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o InterMetro Communications, Inc., 2685 Park Center Drive, Building A, Simi Valley, California 93065.

 

    

Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior

to Offering

    Share Beneficially
Owned After
Offering(1)

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number (2)    Percent     Number    Percent

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

          

Charles Rice (3)

   3,789,556    67.17 %     

Jon deOng (4)

   404,167    7.69 %     

Vincent Arena (5)

   358,334    6.81 %     

Joshua Touber (6)

   120,936    2.29 %     

Robert Grden (7)

   20,833    *       

Douglas Benson (8)

   515,656    9.78 %     

All directors and executive officers as a group (six persons)(9)

   4,505,314    77.45 %     

5% STOCKHOLDERS

          

David Marshall (10)

   346,737    6.36 %     

Mitchell Pindus (11)

   322,893    6.00 %     

Sharyar Baradaran (12)

   288,437    5.38 %     

* Indicates beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

 

(1) Assumes no exercise of over-allotment option.

 

(2) Calculation of beneficial ownership assumes the exercise of all warrants and options exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006, only by the respective named stockholder.

 

(3) Includes 35,799 shares which may be purchased pursuant to warrants and stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006. Also includes 405,709 shares over which Mr. Rice would have voting power pursuant to voting agreements upon the exercise of stock options under our 2004 Plan and an additional 1,337,500 shares over which Mr. Rice maintains voting control. Mr. Rice is our President, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and a Director.

 

68


Table of Contents
(4) Includes 29,167 shares which may be purchased pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006. Mr. deOng has granted Mr. Rice voting power over 375,000 shares. Mr. deOng is our Chief Technology Officer and a Director.

 

(5) Includes 29,167 shares which may be purchased pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006. Mr. Arena has granted Mr. Rice voting power over 329,167 shares. Mr. Arena is our Chief Financial Officer and a Director.

 

(6) Includes 50,481 shares which may be purchased pursuant to warrants and stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006. Mr. Touber is a Director.

 

(7) Includes 20,833 shares which may be purchased pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006. Mr. Grden is a Director.

 

(8) Includes 45,833 shares which may be purchased pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006. Dr. Benson is a Director.

 

(9) See footnotes (3) through (8). Includes an aggregate of 713,801 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants and stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006 including the shares over which Mr. Rice would have voting power upon the exercise of stock options under our 2004 Plan pursuant to voting agreements.

 

(10) Includes 125,754 shares owned by David Marshall Inc., of which David Marshall is the chief executive officer; 34,833 shares owned by the David Marshall Pension Trust, of which Mr. Marshall is the trustee; 50,505 shares which may be purchased by David Marshall Inc. pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006; 86,211 shares which may be purchased by the David Marshall Pension Trust pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006; and 87,719 shares which may be purchased by Glenhaven Corporation, of which Mr. Marshall is the chief executive officer, pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006. Mr. Marshall’s address is 9229 Sunset Boulevard, Suite 505, Los Angeles, California 90069.

 

(11) Includes 89,920 shares owned by the Pindus Living Trust, of which Mr. Pindus is the co-trustee; 61,480 shares owned by the Mitchell R. Pindus Individual Retirement Account; 6,285 shares owned by the Myles Pindus Trust, of which Mr. Pindus is the trustee; 6,285 shares owned by the Tobias Pindus Trust, of which Mr. Pindus is the trustee; 6,285 shares owned by the Erin Pindus Trust, of which Mr. Pindus is the trustee; 121,389 shares which may be purchased by the Pindus Living Trust pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006; 31,200 shares which may be purchased by the Mitchell R. Pindus Individual Retirement Account pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006. Mr. Pindus’ address is 228 South Medio Drive, Los Angeles, California 90049.

 

(12) Includes 155,885 shares owned by the Baradaran Revocable Trust, of which Sharyar Baradaran is the trustee; 132,552 shares which may be purchased by the Baradaran Revocable Trust pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of May 2, 2006. Mr. Baradaran’s address is 414 North Camden Drive, Suite 1240, Beverly Hills, California 90210.

 

69


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS

The following summary of our indebtedness and the provisions of each debt instrument summarized below, do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to each of the debt instruments, which we have included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Series A Convertible Notes

Our Series A Convertible Notes issued in 2003, or the 2003 Notes, are convertible into Series A Preferred Stock at $1.20 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution protections, at the option of the holders and are required to convert into Series A Preferred Stock upon certain events, including the closing of this offering. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of our Common Stock, and is required to convert into Common Stock upon certain events. The 2003 Notes accrue simple interest at a rate of 9% annually and this interest may be payable in additional Series A Convertible Notes. All shares of Common Stock acquired through the conversion of the 2003 Notes have piggyback registration rights.

Our Series A Convertible Notes issued in 2004 and 2006, or 2004 Notes and 2006 Notes, are convertible into Series A Preferred Stock at $1.98 per share and $4.80 per share respectively, subject to certain anti-dilution protections, at the option of the holders and are required to convert into Series A Preferred Stock upon certain events, including the closing of this offering. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of our Common Stock, and is required to convert into Common Stock upon certain events. The 2004 and 2006 Notes accrue simple interest at a rate of 9% annually and this interest may be payable in additional Series A Convertible Notes. All shares of Common Stock acquired through the conversion of the 2004 and 2006 Notes have piggyback registration rights.

The 2003 Notes, 2004 Notes and 2006 Notes are secured by substantially all of our assets.

Credit Facilities

In February 2005, we executed an agreement with a commercial bank for a $30,000 revolving credit facility to be used for general working capital. This facility has been renewed through January 2007. Interest on the outstanding balance accrues at an annual rate of 2.5% above the bank’s prime rate. At December 31, 2005, the bank’s prime rate was 7.25%. We are required to maintain, on an account with an equal amount on deposit with the commercial bank (in which they have a security interest therein) as collateral for this loan. We are also required to pay the bank on a monthly basis an unused line fee on the unused portion of this line at an annual rate of 0.625%.

Leases

In February 2004, we entered into a non-cancelable lease agreement to purchase network equipment, software and other equipment up to $465,000. As part of securing this lease facility, we issued a warrant to purchase 19,375 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.20 per share. In August 2005 and April 2006, we entered into similar non-cancelable lease agreements to purchase network equipment, software and other equipment up to an additional $300,000 in each lease. As part of securing the August 2005 lease facility, we issued a warrant to purchase 7,576 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of a $1.98 per share. In conjunction with the April 2006 lease, we will issue warrants for 3,500 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share. The future minimum lease payments are discounted using interest rates of 18% to 28% over 18 to 30 months

Strategic Agreements

In May 2006, we entered into a strategic agreement with Cantata Technology, Inc., or Cantata, formerly known as Excel Switching Corporation, a leading provider of VoIP equipment and support services. We plan to significantly scale our VoIP network using Cantata’s latest, robust, state of the art VoIP equipment, which we believe will increase the functionality and efficiency of our VoIP infrastructure. The terms of the strategic

 

70


Table of Contents

agreement allow us to apply more of our existing financial resources to the expansion of our sales and operations. Furthermore, we expect Cantata’s equipment to enable us to better integrate, with cost advantages, industry standard SS-7 functionality and reliability with the unique enhanced services capabilities of our VoIP infrastructure. Among other benefits, the agreement provides us preferential pricing and rights to test and deploy newly developed technologies.

In May 2004, we entered into an exclusive strategic agreement with Qualitek Services, Inc., wherein Qualitek agrees to make available for purchase certain minimum quantities of routers and switches. The initial term is two years subject to automatic six-month renewals, unless earlier terminated by either party in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Qualitek retains a security interest in such equipment until the purchase price has been completely paid. As determined by the agreed upon purchase price of each piece of equipment, Qualitek may receive warrants to purchase shares of our common stock as a portion of the purchase price.

 

71


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The description below of our capital stock and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. You can obtain more comprehensive information about our capital stock by consulting our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will reincorporate in Delaware through a merger with and into our wholly owned Delaware subsidiary. Upon completion of that reincorporation merger, our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share, and up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share. In connection with this merger, each share of common stock of InterMetro California will convert into shares of InterMetro Delaware’s common stock at a 1-for-12 reverse stock split conversion ratio. Following this merger, and immediately upon our issuance of shares of common stock in this offering, all of our Series A Convertible Notes and Preferred Stock will convert into shares of our common stock, and              shares of our common stock will be outstanding. After giving effect to our issuance of shares of common stock in this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of any outstanding stock options or warrants.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2005, our charter provided for one series of common stock, of which 3,333,333 were issued and outstanding and held of record by one stockholder, one series of convertible notes and three series of preferred stock. Upon completion of this offering, a maximum aggregate amount of              shares of common stock may be issued and outstanding upon the conversion of the convertible notes and the conversion of all preferred stock into common stock (each of which shall occur automatically prior to completion of this offering). Each share of common stock will be exchanged for shares of common stock reflecting a 1-for-12 reverse stock split ratio upon our reincorporation in Delaware prior to completion of this offering. Fractional shares will be rounded to the nearest whole share.

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose.

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any of the then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, when issued and paid for, will be fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

Immediately upon the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of all series of our convertible preferred stock will be converted into shares of common stock according to the formula set forth in our certificate of incorporation.

 

72


Table of Contents

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without stockholder approval, to issue up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the preferred stock, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences. The rights of the holders of common stock will be subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future. Issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing our change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Option and Incentive Plans

As of December 31, 2005, we had outstanding options under our 2004 Stock Option Plan, or 2004 Plan, to purchase 650,000 shares of our common stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.495 per share. In addition, as of December 31, 2005, 75,000 shares of our common stock are reserved and available for future grants under our 2004 Plan. Upon completion of this offering, we will freeze and not make further grants under our 2004 Plan and will make effective our contemplated 2006 Plan under which 600,000 shares of our common stock will be reserved and available for grant.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2005, we have issued warrants to purchase 145,284 shares of our common stock to our equipment finance partners, including the provider of our strategic equipment agreement and the provider of our capital leases. These warrants are exercisable for a period of five years from issuance, with expiration dates ranging from February 2009 to February 2010 at exercise prices ranging from $0.06 to $1.98 per share.

As of December 31, 2005, we have issued warrants to purchase 201,754 shares of our common stock to financial consultants relating to our convertible notes financings. These warrants are exercisable for a period of five years from issuance, with expiration dates ranging from November 2008 to June 2009, all at an exercise price of $0.06 per share.

As of December 31, 2005, we have issued warrants to purchase 291,772 shares of our common stock to investors in our add-on offerings of Series A convertible notes. These warrants are exercisable at any time prior to the later of (i) June 25, 2009 or (ii) the fifth anniversary of the date our common stock is registered for resale under the Act, but in no case later than June 25, 2014 at an exercise price of $1.20 per share.

In February 2006, we issued warrants to purchase 166,667 shares of our common stock to investors in our Series B Preferred Stock. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our common stock for a price of $3.00 per share at any time prior to February 23, 2008. Shares of common stock acquired through the exercise of the warrants will be subject to a voting rights agreement that provides for our majority shareholder and Chief Executive Officer to vote such shares.

Each warrant to purchase our common stock contains provisions for the adjustment of the aggregate number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of any stock, dividend or split consolidation, reorganization or reclassification. In addition, the shares of our common stock issuable upon any exercise of the warrant provide their holders with rights to have those shares registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as discussed more fully below. Each warrant has net exercise provisions under which the holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price.

 

73


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Immediately upon the completion of this offering, all outstanding convertible notes will be converted into preferred stock and all shares of all series of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of common stock according to the formulas set forth in our current certificate of incorporation. The common stock issued upon conversion of the series preferred will have registration rights as set forth below.

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, Advisory Agreement—Series A and A-1 Preferred Stock and Warrants

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated January 12, 2006, among us, the Lenders named therein and Glenhaven Corporation, as Agent for the Lenders, we have granted certain registration rights to the Lenders. With respect to our common stock held by the Lenders or the Agent which was obtained through the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock or the exercise of any warrants issued pursuant to the agreement or any warrants issued pursuant to Advisory Agreement between us and the Agent dated November 24, 2003, as amended, if we register any of our securities for our own account other than a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act, or a registration on a registration form which does not permit secondary sales, we must promptly give written notice and include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws) and in any underwriting arrangement, the number of shares of registrable securities specified in a written request made by such holders within ten (10) days after receipt of such written notice from us. However, if the representatives of the underwriters in any underwritten registration advise us in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of registrable securities to be underwritten, the representative may exclude all registrable securities from, or limit the number to be included in, the registration and underwriting. We will so advise all holders requesting registration, and the number of registrable securities that shall be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated pro rata based on the total number of registrable securities held by such holders. All registration expenses incurred in connection with any registration and the reasonable fees for one counsel for the lenders not to exceed $15,000 will be borne by us, however, holders will be responsible for selling commissions and underwriting discounts related to the sale of its own registrable securities, legal fees in excess of the $15,000 limit and fees and disbursements of more than one counsel to the holders. Upon the receipt of a written request by our underwriters, the Lenders agree not to sell, sell short, grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of any of the registrable securities (except for securities in the registration) for a period of up to 180 days following the effective date of the initial registration of our securities which occurs before our stock is publicly traded, subject to certain exceptions for permitted transfers. Lenders will only be subject to the 180-day lockup in the preceding sentence if our executive officers and directors and all other holders of registrable securities enter into similar agreements.

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. has notified us that no holders of registration rights will be permitted to include any shares in this offering.

Series B Preferred and Warrants

Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement dated on or before February 23, 2006 between us and the purchasers, if we determine to register any of our securities for our own account other than the initial registration of our securities, a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act, or a registration on any registration form which does not permit secondary sales, we must promptly give written notice and include in such registration and in any underwriting arrangement, the number of shares of registrable securities, obtained through the conversion of Series B preferred stock or the exercise of warrants issued with the Series B preferred stock, specified in a written request made by such holders within ten (10) days after receipt of such written notice from us. However, if the representatives of the underwriters in any underwritten registration advise us in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of registrable securities to be underwritten, the representative may exclude all registrable securities from, or limit the number to be included in, the registration and underwriting.

 

74


Table of Contents

We will so advise all holders requesting registration, and the number of registrable securities that shall be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated pro rata based on the total number of registrable securities held by such holders upon a written request by our underwriters, holders of our Series B preferred stock may not sell, sell short, grant an option to buy, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock obtained through the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock by the exercise of warrants issued with the Series B Preferred Stock for a period of up to 180 days following the effective date of the initial registration of our securities.

Effect of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect that could make the following transactions more difficult:

 

    acquisition of us by means of a tender offer;

 

    acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or

 

    removal of our incumbent officers and directors.

These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to promote stability in our management. These provisions also are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors.

Undesignated Preferred Stock. The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder Meetings. Our charter documents provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chief executive officer, chairman of the board, the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors which has been duly designated.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Amendment of Bylaws. Any amendment of our bylaws by our stockholders requires approval by holders of at least 66 2/3% of our then outstanding common stock, voting together as a single class.

Staggered Board. Our certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our board of directors into three classes, as nearly equal in size as possible, with staggered three-year terms. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any vacancy on the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. The classification of the board of directors and the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies would have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring control of us.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation. Amendments to certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation require approval by holders of at least 66 2/3% of our then outstanding common stock, voting together as a single class.

 

75


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction, which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines “business combination” to include:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of our assets involving the interested stockholder;

 

    in general, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by us of any of our stock to the interested stockholder; or

 

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Limitation of Liability

Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director shall be personally liable to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except that the limitation shall not eliminate or limit liability to the extent that the elimination or limitation of such liability is not permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

Listing

We intend to apply for the quotation of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “MTRO.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be             .

 

76


Table of Contents

SH ARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of any shares for sale will have on the market price of the common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued on the exercise of outstanding options and warrants), or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to raise capital through a future sale of our securities.

Upon completion of this offering and the reincorporation merger,             shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming (i) the issuance of an aggregate of             shares of common stock in this offering and (ii) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The number of shares outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2005 and assumes no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. The shares sold in this offering and any shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless those shares are purchased by affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining 5,229,285 shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144 and are subject to the contractual restrictions described below. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for a resale under Rules 144 or 144(k) promulgated under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreement described below and the provisions of Rule 144 or 144(k), additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Number of
Shares

   Date

1,091,292

   After 180 days from the date of this prospectus, the 180-day lock-up is released and these shares
will be freely tradable under  Rule 144 (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations) or Rule

144(k)

4,137,993

   After 180 days from the date of this prospectus, these securities will have been held for less than
one year and will not yet be freely tradable under Rule 144

Sales of Restricted Shares and Shares Held by Our Affiliates

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, an affiliate of the Company or a person, or persons whose shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate of the Company, would be entitled to sell within any three month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of our then outstanding shares of common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 also are subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Under Rule 144(k), any person, or persons whose shares are aggregated, who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned shares for at least two years including any period of ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders, would be entitled to sell such shares without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information requirements or notice requirements.

We have reserved the following number of shares:

 

    an aggregate of 725,000 shares of common stock have been reserved as of December 31, 2005 and are eligible for grant pursuant to our 2004 Stock Option Plan, of which options to purchase 650,000 shares are outstanding as of December 31, 2005;

 

77


Table of Contents
    an aggregate of 600,000 shares of common stock which we intend to reserve for issuance pursuant to our contemplated 2006 Plan, of which no options to purchase are outstanding as of December 31, 2005;

 

    an aggregate of 638,810 shares of common stock for issuance upon the exercise of warrants to purchase our common stock under warrant agreements as of December 31, 2005; and

 

    an aggregate of 41,667 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement with David Singer.

As soon as practicable following the offering, we intend to file registration statements under the Securities Act to register shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Option Plan and our contemplated 2006 Plan. Such registration statement will automatically become effective immediately upon filing. Any shares issued upon the exercise of stock options or following purchase under the 2004 Stock Option Plan or our contemplated 2006 Plan will be eligible for immediate public sale, subject to the lock-up agreements noted below.

We have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus, except we may issue and grant options to purchase shares of common stock under our contemplated 2006 Plan.

From and after the completion of this offering, the holders, or their transferees, of 1,706,716 shares of our common stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock, including interest accrued through April 30, 2006, was automatically converted, 166,667 shares of our common stock into which the Series B preferred stock was automatically converted and 860,091 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants have rights to participate in the registration of our shares under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and our directors, officers and certain of our existing stockholders, option holders and warrant holders will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which we and such holders of stock and options will agree, with limited exceptions, not to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the prior written consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. (and our prior approval) for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., with our prior approval, may release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. When determining whether or not to release shares from the lock-up agreements, Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. will consider, among other factors, the stockholder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. There are no agreements between the representatives and any of our stockholders or affiliates releasing them from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period. Following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, additional shares of common stock will be available for sale in the public market subject to compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 144(k).

 

78


Table of Contents

UNDERWRIT ING

We intend to enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters named below. We are a party to an engagement letter with Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. related to this offering which will be superseded by the underwriting agreement. Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. and Wunderlich Securities, Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters. The underwriters’ obligations are several, which means that each underwriter is required to purchase a specific number of shares, but is not responsible for the commitment of any other underwriter to purchase shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us the number of shares opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

  

Wunderlich Securities, Inc

  

Total

  

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer shares to securities dealers, who may include the underwriters, at that public offering price less a concession of up to $            per share. The underwriters may allow and those dealers may reallow, a concession to other securities dealers of up to $            per share. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price in the offering to the public, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the representatives. We have agreed to pay to the underwriters a non-accountable expense allowance of 2% of the aggregate offering price of shares sold, excluding any shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment.

Over-Allotment Option

We granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock at the public offering price per share, less the underwriting discounts, set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This option is exercisable during the 45-day period after the date of this prospectus. The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with this offering. If this option is exercised, each of the underwriters will purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares as the number of shares of common stock to be purchased by that underwriter, as shown in the table above, bears to the total shown.

Discounts and Expenses

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriters by us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share    No Exercise    Full Exercise

Paid by InterMetro

   $      $      $  

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $            .

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date

 

79


Table of Contents

of this prospectus without the prior consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. (and our prior approval). This agreement does not apply to the issuance of stock options pursuant to any existing employee benefit plans. Our directors and officers and certain of our existing stockholders, option holders and warrant holders will agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. and our prior approval.

Offering Price Determination

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering has been negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering of our common stock, the representatives considered:

 

    prevailing market conditions;

 

    our historical performance and capital structure;

 

    estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects;

 

    an overall assessment of our management; and

 

    the consideration of these factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

Indemnification

The underwriting agreement provides that we will indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with this offering by selling more shares than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This creates a short position in our common stock for their own account. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. To close out a short position or to stabilize the price of our common stock, the underwriters may bid for and purchase, common stock in the open market. The underwriters also may elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing our common stock in this offering because the underwriters repurchase that stock in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Finally, the underwriters may bid for and purchase, shares of our common stock in market making transactions. These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock at a price that is

 

80


Table of Contents

higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

Warrants

In connection with the offering, we have agreed to sell to Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. and Wunderlich Securities, Inc., for nominal consideration, underwriters’ warrants entitling Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. and Wunderlich Securities, Inc., or their assigns, to purchase up to              shares of common stock at a price equal to 120% of the public offering price per share. The underwriters’ warrants shall be exercisable for four years commencing one year from the date hereof, will not be redeemable and shall contain cashless exercise provisions and anti-dilution provisions as are acceptable to Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. and Wunderlich Securities, Inc. Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. and Wunderlich Securities, Inc. may assign a portion of the underwriter’s warrants solely to other underwriters and their executive officers or partners.

The warrants have been deemed compensation by the NASD and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 2710(g)(1) of the NASD Conduct Rules. The warrants grant to the holders demand and “piggyback” rights for the period during which the warrants are exercisable with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the common stock, other than underwriting commissions, which will be paid for by the holders themselves.

Right of First Refusal

We have granted certain rights of first refusal to Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. to participate in the underwriting of any private or public sales of debt or equity securities by us, or a subsidiary or successor, for a period of one year.

Directed Share Program

The underwriters, at our request, have reserved for sale to certain of our employees, family members of employees, business associates and other third parties at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the shares being offered by this prospectus. The sale of these shares will be made by Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. We do not know if our employees or affiliates will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Reserved shares purchased by our employees and affiliates will not be subject to a lock-up except as may be required by the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers. These rules require that some purchasers of reserved shares be subject to three-month lock-ups if they are affiliated with or associated with NASD members or if they or members of their immediate families hold senior positions at financial institutions. If all of these reserved shares are not purchased, the underwriters will offer the remainder to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Certain Relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may provide, from time to time, investment banking and financial advisory services to us in the ordinary course of business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions.

 

81


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by McDermott Will & Emery LLP and for the underwriters by Olshan Grundman Frome Rosenzweig & Wolosky LLP.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of InterMetro Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and each of the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 included in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., independent registered public accounting firm, as indicated in their report thereto, included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.

The financial statements of Advanced Tel, Inc. as of June 30, 2004 and 2005, and for each of the two years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 included in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report with respect thereto, included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto. For further information with respect to us and the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement, or other document to which we make reference are not necessarily complete. In each instance, if we have filed a copy of such contract, agreement, or other document as an exhibit to the registration statement, you should read the exhibit for a more complete understanding of the matter involved. Each statement regarding a contract, agreement or other document is qualified in all respects by reference to the actual document.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, as a result, will file periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy the registration statement and such reports and other information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC’s offices upon payment of fees prescribed by the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains periodic and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov.

 

82


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page
Number

InterMetro Communications, Inc.

  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

   F-2

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2005

   F-4

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2005

  

F-5

Notes To Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

   F-6

Audited Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-10

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2005

   F-11

Statements of Operations for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005

  

F-12

Statements of Stockholder’s Deficit for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005

  

F-13

Statement of Cash Flows for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005

  

F-14

Notes to Financial Statements

   F-15

Advanced Tel, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-36

Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2004 and 2005

   F-37

Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005

   F-38

Statements of Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit) for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005

   F-39

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005

   F-40

Notes to Financial Statements

   F-41

 

F-1


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

In March 2006, InterMetro Communications, Inc. (“InterMetro” or the “Company”) acquired all of the outstanding stock of Advanced Tel, Inc., or ATI, a switchless reseller of wholesale long distance services, for a combination of shares of the Company’s common stock and cash. The initial portion of the purchase price included 41,667 shares of the Company’s common stock issued at the closing, cash to be paid over the six month period following the closing and a two-year unsecured promissory note in an amount tied to ATI’s working capital. The seller may earn an additional 41,667 shares of the Company’s common stock and additional cash amounts during the two year period following the closing upon meeting certain performance targets tied to revenue and profitability. The amount of stock paid, and potentially to be paid, is subject to an increase (or the payment of additional cash in lieu thereof) if the Company’s stock does not become publicly-traded and the trading price does not reach a minimum price during the two years following the closing date. See Note 2 of the Accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.

The acquisition will be accounted for using the purchase method. For the purposes of the pro forma presentation, the preliminary purchase price of $800,000 will be allocated to the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed to the extent acquired by InterMetro. The estimated fair value of the tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed approximated the historical cost basis based on preliminary estimates principally due to their relative short term and available market information. The excess of purchase price over the tangible assets acquired was allocated to goodwill and other intangible assets. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information included herein use these preliminary estimates. These amounts have not yet been finalized and may be revised once the Company completes its purchase accounting. Direct transaction costs related to the acquisition were approximately $80,000, which was capitalized as part of the purchase price.

In January 2006, as part of a series of transactions that included amending and restating the Loan and Security Agreement which governs the Company’s Series A convertible promissory notes, the Company sold $575,000 of additional Series A convertible promissory notes through a private sale to the Company’s existing Series A convertible promissory noteholders. These notes are convertible into Series A Preferred Stock at $4.80 per share at the option of the holders and are required to convert into Series A Preferred Stock upon certain events, including the registration of the Company’s Common Stock in the public markets. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of the Company’s Common Stock. The Series A convertible promissory notes accrue simple interest at a rate of 9% annually and this interest may be payable in additional Series A convertible promissory notes. In conjunction with the sale of these Series A convertible promissory notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase one share of the Company’s Common Stock for each $3.20 of Series A convertible preferred notes purchased. The exercise price of the warrants is $3.00 per share and the warrants are exercisable at any time prior to five years from the grant date or, as the case may be, on the fifth anniversary of the date the Company’s Common Stock is registered for sale in the public markets, but in no case later than ten years from the grant date.

In February 2006, the Company concluded a private placement of 166,667 units, each unit consisting of one share of Series B Preferred Stock and one common stock purchase warrant, at a price of $6.00 per unit. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock for a price of $1.50 per share, at any time, for a period of two years after the termination date of the offering. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of common stock, no par value, at any time. The Company’s net proceeds for this offering were approximately $1,000,000.

The Company formed InterMetro Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“InterMetro Delaware”), effective May 10, 2006. The Company will merge with and into InterMetro Delaware, with InterMetro

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Delaware being the surviving corporation. As part of this merger, one share of the Company’s Common Stock will convert into shares of InterMetro Delaware’s Common Stock on a 1-for-12 reverse stock split conversion ratio.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 and condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2005 give effect to the acquisition, issuance of Series A Convertible Promissory Notes, issuance of Series B Preferred Stock and the merger into a Delaware corporation as if these transactions occurred on January 1, 2005. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred as of the beginning of the period presented and should not be construed as being representative of future operating results. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the InterMetro and ATI financial statements and notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2005

 

     InterMetro
Communications
Inc.
    Advanced
Tel, Inc.
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma  

Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 565,063     $ 431,226     $ 559,390  (1)  
         992,200  (1)   $ 2,547,879  

Restricted cash

     30,000       —         —         30,000  

Accounts receivable, net of InterMetro’s allowance for doubtful accounts of $0

     535,131       1,184,826       (240,043 )(2)     1,479,914  

Deposits

     253,826       —         —         253,826  

Other current assets

     79,523       4,480       —         84,003  
                                

Total current assets

     1,463,543       1,620,532       1,311,547       4,395,622  

Property and equipment, net

     1,512,904       44,576       —         1,557,480  

Goodwill

     —         —         422,000  (3)     422,000  

Other intangible assets, net

     —         —         258,000  (3)     258,000  

Other long-term assets

     1,840       —         —         1,840  
                                

Total Assets

   $ 2,978,287     $ 1,665,108     $ 1,991,547     $ 6,634,942  
                                

Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit):

        

Accounts payable

   $ 930,007     $ 624,530     $ (240,043 )(2)   $ 1,314,494  

Accrued expenses

     2,164,296       1,092,897       (238,319 )(4)     3,018,874  

Deferred revenues and customer deposits

     225,865       —         —         225,865  

Borrowings under line of credit facility

     30,000       —         —         30,000  

Current portion of long-term capital lease obligations

     197,368       —         —         197,368  

Current portion of Series A convertible promissory notes, net of discount

     1,075,000       —         (1,075,000 )(5)     —    
                                

Total current liabilities

     4,622,536       1,717,427       (1,553,362 )     4,786,601  
                                

Capital lease obligations

     150,967       —         —         150,967  

Series A convertible promissory notes, net of discount

     910,307       —         634,425  (5)     —    
         (1,544,732 )(5)  
                                

Total long-term liabilities

     1,061,274       —         (910,307 )     150,967  
                                

Total liabilities

     5,683,810       1,717,427       (2,463,669 )     4,937,568  
                                

Commitments and Contingencies

        

Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit):

        

Preferred stock InterMetro; $.001 par value; 10,000,000 authorized; none issued and outstanding

     —         —         —         —    

Common stock InterMetro; $.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 3,333,333 shares issued and outstanding

     3,333       1,000       896  (6)     5,229  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,937,006       —         3,697,196  (6)     5,634,202  

Deferred stock based compensation

     (574,087 )     —         —         (574,087 )

Accumulated deficit

     (4,071,775 )     (53,319 )     757,124  (6)     (3,367,970 )
                                

Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)

     (2,705,523 )     (52,319 )     4,455,216       1,697,374  
                                

Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit)

   $ 2,978,287     $ 1,665,108     $ 1,991,547     $ 6,634,942  
                                

See the accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information

 

F-4


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005

 

     InterMetro
Communications
Inc.
    Advanced
Tel, Inc. (13)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma  

Net revenues

   $ 10,580,599     $ 9,784,217     $ (1,932,854 )(7)   $ 18,431,962  

Network costs

     7,357,404       8,216,558       (2,041,094 )(7)     13,532,868  
                                

Gross margin

     3,223,195       1,567,659       108,240 (7)     4,899,094  

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     667,687       899,425       —         1,567,112  

General and administrative (includes stock based compensation of $443,425 for InterMetro and Pro Forma)

     3,001,293       757,399      
 
252,000
125,200
(3)
(8)
    4,135,892  
                                

Total operating expenses

     3,668,980       1,656,824       377,200       5,703,004  
                                

Operating loss

     (445,785 )     (89,165 )     (268,960 )     (803,910 )

Interest income

     —         12,925       —         12,925  

Interest expense

     (665,230 )     —         238,319 (4)     (314,560 )
         328,838 (9)  
         (216,487 )(4)  
                                

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (1,111,015 )     (76,240 )     81,710       (1,105,545 )

Provision for income taxes

     (800 )     (800 )     —         (1,600 )
                                

Net loss

   $ (1,111,815 )   $ (77,040 )   $ 81,710     $ (1,107,145 )
                                

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (0.33 )      
              

Number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per common share

     3,333,333        
              

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share

         $ (0.21 )
              

Pro forma number of shares used to calculate pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share

           5,229,285  
              

 

See the accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information

 

F-5


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

1) Adjustment to reflect proceeds received relating to the Series A convertible promissory notes issued in January 2006 and the Series B Preferred Stock issued in February 2006, net of estimated legal expenses incurred, as if these transactions occurred as of January 1, 2005.

 

2) Adjustment to reflect the elimination of amounts due/from ATI and InterMetro.

 

3) Adjustment to reflect preliminary excess of purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets acquired and related amortization of intangible assets acquired as if this transaction occurred as of January 1, 2005. The following presents a summary of preliminary purchase price allocation of the ATI acquisition:

 

Estimated fair value of 41,667 shares of InterMetro common stock

   $ 300,000

Additional cash consideration

     500,000

Direct transaction costs

     80,000
      

Total investment and transaction costs

     880,000

Net liabilities assumed

     52,000
      

Estimated Excess of Purchase Price

   $ 932,000
      

Allocated to

  
  

Goodwill

   $ 422,000

Other intangible assets

     510,000
      

Total

   $ 932,000
      

Amortization of other intangible assets

   $ 252,000
      

 

4) Adjustments to reflect the elimination of interest expense recorded during the year ended December 31, 2005 and related accrued interest relating to the Series A convertible promissory notes and the debt discount remaining as of December 31, 2005 as if these notes were converted as of January 1, 2005.

 

5) Adjustments to reflect the conversion of the Series A convertible promissory notes and Series B Preferred Stock to the Company’s Common Stock as if these transactions occurred as of January 1, 2005.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL

INFORMATION—(Continued)

 

6) The following was prepared to summarize the pro forma effects to the Company’s stockholder’s equity accounts, as reported, reflecting the ATI acquisition, Series A convertible promissory notes outstanding at December 31, 2005, our Series A convertible promissory note offering in January 2006, the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock Offering in February 2006 and the Company’s merger into InterMetro Delaware, as if these transactions occurred as of January 1, 2005. See the note references for additional details.

 

    Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Deferred
Stock-Based
Compensation
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  

InterMetro, as reported

  $  —     $ 3,333     $ 1,937,006     $ (574,087 )   $ (4,071,775 )   $ (2,705,523 )

ATI, as reported

    —       1,000       —         —         (53,319 )     (52,319 )

Pro forma adjustment

           

Record deductible warrant charge on Series A convertible promissory note issuance(9)

    —       —         358,513       —         358,513       717,026  

Record elimination of Series A convertible promissory notes interest and remaining debt discount(4)

    —       —         (216,487 )     —         (216,487 )     (140,155 )
            238,319    
            54,500    

Record executive compensation adjustment(8)

    —       —         —         —         125,200       125,200  

Record margin impact of ATI acquisition(7)

    —       —         —         —         (108,240 )     (108,240 )

Record issuance of common stock as part of ATI acquisition(2)

    —       42       —         —         —         42  

Record consolidation of InterMetro’s investment in ATI(2)

    —       (1,000 )     —         —         53,319       52,319  

Record amortization of intangible assets(3)

    —       —         —         —         252,000       252,000  

Record conversion of preferred stock to common stock(11)

    —       167       563,552       —         —         563,719  

Record conversion of Series A convertible promissory notes to common stock(5)

    —       1,687       2,565,137       —         —         2,566,824  

Record detachable warrant charge associated with Series B preferred stock issuance(12)

    —       —         426,481       —         —         426,481  
                                             

Total Pro Forma Adjustments

    —       896       3,697,196       —         757,124       4,455,216  
                                             

Total Stockholders’ Equity, Pro forma

  $ —     $ 5,229     $ 5,634,202     $ (574,087 )   $ (3,367,970 )   $ 1,697,374  
                                             

 

F-7


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL

INFORMATION—(Continued)

 

7) Adjustment to eliminate ATI’s revenues and associated cost of revenues relating to InterMetro as if this transaction occurred as of January 1, 2005.

 

8) Adjustment to present changes in compensation of key executives of ATI to contractual amounts to be paid by InterMetro as if this transaction occurred as of January 1, 2005.

 

9) Adjustment to reflect the charge for the detachable warrants issued with the Series A convertible promissory notes issued in January 1, 2006 as if the transaction occurred as of January 1, 2005.

 

10) Adjustment to reflect the estimated impact of the beneficial conversion feature on the Series A convertible promissory notes issued in January 2006 as if these notes were converted as of January 1, 2005.

 

11) Adjustment to reflect to the conversion of the par value of the Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock, as if these transactions occurred as of January 1, 2005.

 

12) Adjustment to reflect to the allocation of the estimated relative values of the detachable Common Stock warrants issued with the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

13) The financial statements of ATI are presented within this Form S-1 on pages F-36 through F-45 on its fiscal year end of June 30. The following presents a summary of adjustments required to present on InterMetro’s fiscal year end of December 31 by presenting a reconciliation of the amounts reported in the audited financial statements of ATI for the year ended June 30, 2005, adding the operating results for the six months ending December 31, 2005 and subtracting the operating results for the six months ending December 31, 2004.

 

     Year Ended
June 30, 2005
as Reported
    Six Months Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
       2005    2004     2005  

Net revenues

   $ 8,298,825     $ 5,852,406    $ 4,367,014     $ 9,784,217  

Network costs

     6,935,898       4,823,832      3,543,172       8,216,558  
                               

Gross margin

     1,362,927       1,028,574      823,842       1,567,659  

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

     885,508       443,676      429,759       899,425  

General and administrative

     762,770       399,518      404,889       757,399  
                               

Total operating expenses

     1,648,278       843,194      834,648       1,656,824  
                               

Operating income (loss)

     (285,351 )     185,380      (10,806 )     (89,165 )

Interest and other income, net

     14,624       5,953      7,652       12,925  
                               

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (270,727 )     191,333      (3,154 )     (76,240 )

Provision for income taxes

     (800 )     —        —         (800 )
                               

Net income (loss)

   $ (271,527 )   $ 191,333    $ (3,154 )   $ (77,040 )
                               

InterMetro acquired from the selling shareholder 100% of the total issued and outstanding stock of ATI in exchange for up to $750,000 in cash, up to 83,334 shares of the Company’s common stock and a two year unsecured note payable by ATI in a principal amount to be determined pursuant to certain working capital adjustments.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL

INFORMATION—(Continued)

 

The initial consideration to the selling shareholder consists of 41,667 shares of InterMetro’s common stock, a cash payment of $250,000 (payable over a six-month period in equal installments of approximately $42,000) and an additional $250,000, subject to adjustment, in an unsecured note payable (bearing no interest), payable in 24 equal monthly installments. The potential adjustments to this note are based on ATI’s working capital position as of March 31, 2006 and other estimates of potential liabilities which may arise subsequent to the closing balance sheet date.

The selling shareholder of ATI has the ability to earn additional consideration, up to an additional 41,667 shares of InterMetro’s common stock and up to $500,000 in cash, contingent upon meeting certain revenue and profitability thresholds over a period of two years from the closing date of this transaction. In addition, if InterMetro’s common stock does not become freely tradable on a U.S. national stock exchange, as defined, and is below a certain targeted trading price per share, the selling shareholder of ATI can receive additional cash or stock.

No adjustment has been reflected within the unaudited condensed consolidated financial information presented herein to reflect the potential contingent consideration available to the selling shareholder of ATI which may be earned based on the performance of these revenue and profitability thresholds. In addition, no adjustment has been reflected within the condensed consolidated financial information to present the tax impacts as both InterMetro and ATI had net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2005 and June 30, 2005, respectively. Both entities provided a 100% valuation reserve against these deferred tax assets.

In the preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial information, the Company performed a preliminary calculation of the elements acquired and allocated the purchase price of ATI based on their estimated fair market values. These estimated are subject to refinement and change as the Company completes its purchase accounting for the ATI acquisition and amounts reported within the unaudited condensed consolidated financial information included herein may change.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of InterMetro Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, and the related statements of operations, stockholder’s deficit and cash flows for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Los Angeles, California

May 2, 2006, except Note 14, as to which the date is         , 2006

The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the restatement of capital accounts described in Note 14 to the financial statements.

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

MAYER HOFFMAN MCCANN P.C.

Los Angeles, California

May 2, 2006

 

F-10


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
     2004     2005  

Assets

    

Cash

   $ 253,587     $ 565,063  

Restricted cash

     —         30,000  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $16,949 in 2004 and $0 in 2005

     195,738       535,131  

Deposits

     88,254       253,826  

Other current assets

     90,005       79,523  
                

Total current assets

     627,584       1,463,543  

Property and equipment, net

     764,481       1,512,904  

Other long-term assets

     28,893       1,840  
                

Total Assets

   $ 1,420,958     $ 2,978,287  
                

Liabilities and Stockholder’s Deficit

    

Accounts payable, trade

   $ 123,492     $ 930,007  

Accrued expenses

     1,299,948       2,164,296  

Deferred revenues and customer deposits

     89,284       225,865  

Borrowings under line of credit facility

     —         30,000  

Current portion of long-term capital lease obligations

     218,146       197,368  

Current portion of Series A convertible promissory notes, net of discount

     —         1,075,000  
                

Total current liabilities

     1,730,870       4,622,536  
                

Capital lease obligations

     103,157       150,967  

Series A convertible promissory notes, net of discount

     1,926,274       910,307  
                

Total long-term liabilities

     2,029,431       1,061,274  
                

Total liabilities

     3,760,301       5,683,810  
                

Commitment and contingencies

    

Stockholder’s Deficit

    

Preferred stock—$0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Common stock—$0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 3,333,333 shares issued and outstanding

     3,333       3,333  

Additional paid-in capital

     703,664       1,937,006  

Deferred stock based compensation

     (86,380 )     (574,087 )

Accumulated deficit

     (2,959,960 )     (4,071,775 )
                

Total stockholder’s deficit

     (2,339,343 )     (2,705,523 )
                

Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Deficit

   $ 1,420,958     $ 2,978,287  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Period from
July 22, 2003
(inception)
through
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended December 31,  
       2004     2005  

Net revenues

   $ —       $ 1,880,651     $ 10,580,599  

Network costs

     —         1,429,490       7,357,404  
                        

Gross profit

     —         451,161       3,223,195  

Operating expenses

      

Sales and marketing

     1,200       317,893       667,687  

General and administrative (includes stock based compensation of $0, $237,349 and $443,425 for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005)

     221,620       2,390,129       3,001,293  
                        

Total operating expenses

     222,820       2,708,022       3,668,980  
                        

Operating loss

     (222,820 )     (2,256,861 )     (445,785 )

Interest expense

     8,750       469,929       665,230  
                        

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (231,570 )     (2,726,790 )     (1,111,015 )

Provision for income taxes

     (800 )     (800 )     (800 )
                        

Net loss

   $ (232,370 )   $ (2,727,590 )   $ (1,111,815 )
                        

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.82 )   $ (0.33 )
                        

Shares used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per common share

     3,333,333       3,333,333       3,333,333  
                        
      

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-12


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIT

 

    Preferred Stock   Common Stock   Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Deferred
Stock Based
Compensation
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholder’s
Deficit
 
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount        

Balance at July 22, 2003 (inception)

  —     $ —     —     $ —     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Issuance of common stock

  —       —     3,333,333     3,333     (2,833 )     —         —         500  

Net loss for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003

  —       —     —       —       —         —         (232,370 )     (232,370 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2003

  —       —     3,333,333     3,333     (2,833 )     —         (232,370 )     (231,870 )

Issuance of common stock warrants to Series A convertible promissory note holders

  —       —     —       —       123,132       —         —         123,132  

Issuance of common stock warrants

  —       —         —       137,587       —         —         137,587  

Issuance of common stock options

  —       —         —       186,143       (186,143 )     —         —    

Issuance of common stock warrants for equipment

  —       —           67,253       —         —         67,253  

Beneficial conversion feature of Series A convertible promissory notes

  —       —     —       —       192,382       —         —         192,382  

Amortization of stock-based compensation

  —       —     —       —       —         99,763       —         99,763  

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —         —         (2,727,590 )     (2,727,590 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2004

  —       —     3,333,333     3,333     703,664       (86,380 )     (2,959,960 )     (2,339,343 )

Issuance of common stock warrants

  —       —     —       —       170,577         —         170,577  

Issuance of common stock options

  —       —     —       —       793,753       (793,753 )     —         —    

Issuance of common stock warrants for equipment

  —       —     —         269,012       —         —         269,012  

Amortization of stock-based compensation

  —       —     —       —       —         306,046       —         306,046  

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —         —         (1,111,815 )     (1,111,815 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2005

  —     $ —     3,333,333   $ 3,333   $ 1,937,006     $ (574,087 )   $ (4,071,775 )   $ (2,705,523 )
                                                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Period from
July 22, 2003
(inception)
through
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended December 31,  
       2004     2005  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (232,370 )   $ (2,727,590 )   $ (1,111,815 )
      

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     —         163,820       578,897  

Amortization of common stock options and warrants

     —         237,349       476,615  

Amortization of debt discount

     —         57,583       59,034  

Charge for beneficial conversion feature of Series A convertible promissory notes

     —         192,382       —    

Provision for bad debts

     —         16,949       (16,949 )

(Increase) decrease in assets:

      

Accounts receivable

     —         (212,687 )     (322,444 )

Deposits

     —         (61,418 )     (165,572 )

Other current assets

     (26,836 )     (90,005 )     10,482  

Other long-term assets

     —         (28,893 )     27,053  

Increase (decrease) in liabilities:

      

Accounts payable, trade

     142,570       123,492       806,515  

Accrued expenses

     —         1,157,378       864,348  

Deferred revenues and customer deposits

     —         89,284       136,581  
                        

Net cash from operating activities

     (116,636 )     (1,082,356 )     1,342,745  
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     —         (418,762 )     (790,612 )

Increase in restricted cash

     —         —         (30,000 )
                        

Net cash from investing activities

     —         (418,762 )     (820,612 )
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     500       —         —    

Net proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible promissory notes

     1,075,000       916,824       —    

Net proceeds from line of credit facility

     —         —         30,000  

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

     —         (120,983 )     (240,657 )
                        

Net cash from financing activities

     1,075,500       795,841       (210,657 )
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     958,864       (705,277 )     311,476  

Cash at beginning of period/year

     —         958,864       253,587  
                        

Cash at end of period/year

   $ 958,864     $ 253,587     $ 565,063  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(1) Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Company Background—InterMetro Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) is a California corporation formed in July 2003 to engage in the business of providing voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) communications services. The Company owns and operates state-of-the-art VoIP switching equipment and network facilities that are utilized by its retail customers, or end users, and its wholesale customers for consumer voice, video and data services and voice-enabled application services. The Company’s retail and carrier customers pay the Company for minutes of utilization or bandwidth utilization on its national voice and data network.

Basis of Presentation—The accompanying financial statements were prepared based on the assumption that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred substantial losses since its inception, including net losses of $232,370 in the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) to December 31, 2003, $2,727,590 in the year ended 2004 and $1,111,815 in the year ended 2005, and had an accumulated deficit of $4,071,775 and stockholder’s deficit of $2,705,523 as of December 31, 2005. Included in the Company’s loss for the year ended December 31, 2005 were non-cash charges of $1,097,597. Management believes that the Company has adequate cash flows from operating activities to sustain its current operations. However, the Company may need additional cash from outside financing sources to achieve its growth strategies. Management believes that the Company has the ability to obtain new financing, if and when necessary, during 2006 to ensure that the Company can continue its operations through at least December 31, 2006.

Use of Estimates—In the normal course of preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition—VoIP services are recognized as revenue when services are provided, primarily based on usage. Revenues derived from sales of calling cards through retail distribution partners are deferred upon sale of the cards. These deferred revenues are recognized into revenue generally when call usage of the cards occur. The Company recognizes revenue in the period that services are delivered and when the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed and determinable, no significant Company obligations remain and collection is reasonably assured. Deferred revenue consists of fees received or billed in advance of the delivery of the services or services performed in which collection is not reasonably assured. This revenue is recognized when the services are provided and no significant Company obligations remain. Management of the Company assesses the likelihood of collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit worthiness of the customer. Generally, management of the Company does not request collateral from customers. If management of the Company determines that collection of revenues are not reasonably assured, amounts are deferred and recognized as revenue at the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

Accounts Receivable—Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables arising in the normal course of business. The Company does not charge interest on its trade receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. The Company determines the allowance based upon historical write-off experience, payment history and by reviewing significant past due balances for individual collectibility. If estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts subsequently prove insufficient, additional allowance may be required.

Network Costs—The Company’s network costs consist of telecommunication costs, leasing collocation facilities and certain build-outs therein, and depreciation of equipment related to the Company’s network infrastructure.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Depreciation expense included in network costs was $152,535 and $558,358 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. There was no depreciation expense included in network costs for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003.

Advertising Costs—The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs included in sales and marketing expenses were $59,975 for the year ended December 31, 2005. The Company did not incur any advertising costs for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2004.

Depreciation and Amortization—Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives:

 

Telecommunications equipment

   2-3 years

Telecommunications software

   18 months to 2 years

Computer equipment

   2 years

Office equipment and furniture

   3 years

Leasehold improvements

   Useful life or remaining lease term, which ever is shorter

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; significant betterments are capitalized.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company assesses impairment of its other long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. . 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets.” An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered by the Company include:

 

    significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;

 

    significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and

 

    significant negative industry or economic trends.

When management of the Company determines that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, an estimate is made of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, based on the fair market value if available, or discounted cash flows if not. To date, the Company has not had an impairment of long-lived assets.

Depreciation and amortization expense included in general and administrative expenses were $11,285 and $20,539 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. There was no depreciation and amortization expense included in general and administrative expenses for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003.

Stock-Based Employee Compensation—The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related interpretations, and complies with the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, as Amended.” Under APB No. 25,

 

F-16


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

compensation cost, if any, is recognized over the respective vesting period based on the difference between the deemed fair value of the Company’s Common Stock and the exercise price of the option on the date of grant. The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with, Selling Goods or Services.” All transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more readily measured. The measurement date of the fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the counterparty’s performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.

Under the provisions of SFAS 123, the Company has elected to continue to recognize compensation cost for employees of the Company under the minimum value method of APB No. 25 and comply with the pro forma disclosure requirements under SFAS 123. Stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net loss related to common stock options if options granted under the plan have an exercise price below the deemed fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following illustrates the effect on net loss if the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards:

 

    

July 22, 2003
(inception)
through

December 31,
2003

    Year Ended December 31,  
       2004     2005  

Net loss, as reported

   $ (232,370 )   $ (2,727,590 )   $ (1,111,815 )

Stock-based employee compensation expenses, net of related tax effects, included in determination of net loss, as reported

     —         5,277       57,225  

Stock-based employee compensation expenses, net of related tax effects, that would have been included in the determination of net loss if the fair value based method had been applied to all awards

     —         (13,381 )     (69,331 )
                        

Pro forma net loss

   $ (232,370 )   $ (2,735,694 )   $ (1,123,921 )
                        

Basic and diluted net loss per common share as reported

   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.82 )     (0.33 )
                        

Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per common share

   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.82 )   $ (0.34 )
                        

Stock-based employee compensation included in the above table consists of grants of shares of common stock options. The fair value of each option grant is based on the fair market value of the stock at the date of issuance. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the intrinsic value method available for nonpublic entities as described in SFAS 123. The fair value calculations assumed risk-free interest rates ranging from 2.4% to 4.3%.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

For all option grants that are not calculated under the minimum value method under SFAS 123, the Company calculates the minimum fair value of each option grant using the intrinsic value model available for non public entities as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions depending on the specific parameters of the award:

 

Risk-free interest rate

   2.4%–4.3%

Expected lives (in years)

   4–10

Dividend yield

   0%

Expected volatility

   0%

Debt with Detachable Warrants and/or Beneficial Conversion Feature—The Company accounts for the issuance of detachable stock purchase warrants in accordance with APB No. 14, whereby it separately measures the fair value of the debt and the detachable warrants and allocates the proceeds from the debt on a pro-rata basis to each. The resulting discount from the fair value of the debt allocated to the warrant, which is accounted for as paid-in capital, is amortized over the estimated life of the debt. In accordance with the provisions of EITF Issue No. 98-5 “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios” and Issue No. 00-27 “Application of EITF Issue No. 98-5 ‘Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios’ to Certain Convertible Instruments”, the Company allocates a portion of the proceeds received to any embedded beneficial conversion feature, based on the difference between the effective conversion price of the proceeds allocated to the convertible debt and the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date the debt is issued. In addition, for the detachable stock purchase warrants, the Company first allocates proceeds to the stock purchase warrants and the debt and then allocates the resulting debt proceeds between the beneficial conversion feature, which is accounted for as paid-in capital, and the initial carrying amount of the debt.

In accordance with EITF Issue No. 98-5, the Company recognized the value of the embedded beneficial conversion feature of $192,382 as additional paid-in capital and was recorded as interest expense at the date of issue as the Series A convertible notes were immediately convertible.

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and short term debt. The Company maintains its cash with a major financial institution located in the United States. The balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $100,000 per account. Periodically throughout the year the Company maintained balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company encounters a certain amount of risk as a result of a concentration of revenue from a few significant customers and services provided from vendors. Credit is extended to customers based on an evaluation of their financial condition. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and records an allowance for potential bad debts based on available information. To date, such losses, if any, have been within management’s expectations.

The Company had two customers which accounted for 63% (42% and 21% individually) of net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the Company had three customers which accounted for 42% (21%, 11% and 10% individually) of net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005. Three customers had outstanding accounts receivable balances in excess of 10% of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2004 (45%, 16% and 14% individually) for a total of 75% of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2004). Four customers had outstanding accounts receivable balances in excess of 10% of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2005 (19%, 14%, 13%, and 12% individually) for a total of 57% of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2005).

 

F-18


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Financial Instruments—At December 31, 2005, the carrying value of the Company’s cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, deposits, other current assets, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses, deferred revenue and customer deposits, borrowings under line of credit facility, current portion of long-term capital lease obligations and the current portion of Series A convertible promissory notes which approximate fair value because of the short period of time to maturity. The estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined using available market information or other appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value. Consequently, the estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realized or would be paid in a current market exchange. At December 31, 2005, the carrying value of the long term portion of the Company’s Series A convertible promissory notes and capital lease obligations approximate fair value as their contractual interest rates approximate market yields for similar debt instruments.

Restricted Cash—Restricted cash is comprised of cash which is restricted to secure certain line of credit obligations. The Company can repay the line of credit at any time with the balance of the restricted cash.

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using presently enacted tax rates in effect. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

Segment and Geographic Information—The Company operates in one principal business segment primarily in the United States. All of the operating results and identified assets are located in the United States.

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Common Share—Basic net loss per common share excludes dilution for potential common stock issuances and is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. As the Company reported a net loss for all periods presented, the conversion of promissory notes and the exercise of stock options and warrants were not considered in the computation of diluted net loss per common share because their effect is anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements—In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity,” which establishes standards for how to classify and measure certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities (or assets, in some circumstances) and equity. SFAS 150 requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within the scope of SFAS 150 as a liability (or an asset, in some circumstances). Many of those instruments were previously classified as equity. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have any impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position as of December 31, 2005. The Company is evaluating the impact of the issuances of its Preferred Stock in February 2006.

In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46”). FIN 46 replaces the earlier version of this interpretation issued in January 2003. FIN 46 addresses the consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities as defined. Application of FIN 46 is required in financial statements of public entities that have interests in variable interest entities or potential variable interest entities commonly referred to as special-purpose entities for periods ending after December 15, 2003. Application of FIN 46 to all other types of entities is

 

F-19


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

permitted if the original interpretation was previously adopted. The Company adopted the original interpretation and FIN 46 as of December 31, 2003, which did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R) (revised 2004), “Share Based Payment,” which is a revision of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” SFAS 123(R) supersedes SFAS 123 and amends SFAS 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS 123. However, SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees and non-employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values.

The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) effective January 1, 2006 using the modified-prospective method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS 123(R) for all share-based payments granted and modified after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of SFAS 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date. The Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognize no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS 123(R)’s fair value method will have a significant impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. SFAS 123(R) also requires excess tax benefits as defined to be reported as a financing cash flow rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. This requirement will reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in period after adoption.

In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”) which provides guidance regarding the application of SFAS 123(R). SAB 107 expresses views of the SEC regarding the interaction between SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, and certain SEC rules and regulations and provides the SEC’s views regarding the valuation of share-based payment arrangements for public companies. In particular, SAB 107 provides guidance related to share-based payment transactions with non-employees, the transition from nonpublic to public entity status, valuation methods (including assumptions such as expected volatility and expected term), the accounting for certain redeemable financial instruments issued under share-based payment arrangements, the classification of compensation expense, non-GAAP financial measures, first-time adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) in an interim period, capitalization of compensation cost related to share-based payment arrangements, the accounting for income tax effects of share-based payment arrangements upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the modification of employee share options prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and disclosures in Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) subsequent to adoption of SFAS 123(R).

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB No. 20, Accounting Changes and SFAS 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements. This Statement requires retrospective application of prior period financial statements of a change in accounting principle. It applies both to voluntary and to changes required by an accounting pronouncement if the pronouncement does not include specific transaction provisions. APB 20 previously required that most voluntary changes in accounting principles be recognized by recording the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 154 on January 1, 2006 and such adoption did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(2) Other Current Assets

The following is a summary of the Company’s other current assets:

 

     December 31,
     2004    2005

Employee advances

   $ 49,675    $ 47,469

Prepaid expenses

     40,330      32,054
             

Other current assets

   $ 90,005    $ 79,523
             

 

(3) Property and Equipment

The following is a summary of the Company’s property and equipment:

 

     December 31,  
     2004     2005  

Telecommunications equipment

   $ 802,276     $ 2,095,517  

Telecommunications software

     90,711       100,204  

Computer equipment

     24,020       37,539  

Leasehold improvements, office equipment and furniture

     11,294       22,362  
                

Total property and equipment

     928,301       2,255,622  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (163,820 )     (742,718 )
                

Property and equipment, net

   $ 764,481     $ 1,512,904  
                

In May 2004, the Company entered in an agreement with a vendor to provide certain network equipment. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company can obtain certain telecommunications equipment with a total purchase price of approximately $5.2 million to expand its current operations. Repayment of these assets are based on the actual underlying traffic utilized by each piece of equipment, plus the issuance of a warrant to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of the Company’s most recent financing price per share. For certain assets that can be purchased under this agreement, the Company has an option to issue a predetermined warrant grant of shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of the Company’s most recent financing price per share as full payment.

At December 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company has purchased telecommunications equipment under this agreement totaling $457,323 and $981,899, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company has reported $21,484 and $137,380, respectively, of stock-based compensation, and has capitalized into property and equipment an additional $67,253 and $269,012, relating to issuance of warrants to purchase 34,583 and 83,750 shares, respectively, of the Company’s Common Stock at prices ranging from $1.20 to $1.98 per share related to the purchase of equipment under this agreement.

The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2004    2005

Risk-free interest rate

   2.4%–3.3%    3.5%-4.3%

Expected lives (in years)

   2.5 Years    2.5 Years

Dividend yield

   0%    0%

Expected volatility

   52%    44%

 

F-21


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(4) Accrued Expenses

The following is a summary of the Company’s accrued expenses:

 

     December 31,
     2004    2005

Deferred payroll and other payroll related liabilities

   $ 504,966    $ 500,997

Amounts due under equipment agreement

     355,067      805,729

Commissions, network costs and other general accruals

     227,096      262,324

Interest due on Series A convertible promissory notes

     137,600      316,885

Funds held for payment to third parties

     75,219      278,361
             

Accrued expenses

   $ 1,299,948    $ 2,164,296
             

 

(5) Series A Convertible Promissory Notes

During November and December 2003, the Company issued $1,075,000 of Series A convertible promissory notes (the “First Round Notes”), which bear interest at 9% per annum, payable in arrears on the maturity date of the convertible promissory notes. During June and November 2004, the Company issued $916,824 of Series A convertible promissory notes (the “Second Round Notes”), which bear interest at 9% per annum, payable in arrears on the maturity date of the convertible promissory notes. The First Round Notes and Second Round Notes (collectively, the “Notes”) accrued interest may be payable in additional Series A Convertible Notes.

Under the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement which governs the Notes, the First Round Notes mature in November 2006 and the Second Round Notes mature in June 2007. The entire principal amount of the Notes and accrued interest due, or any portion thereof, is convertible, at the option of the holder at any time or on the date on which the Company’s Common Stock becomes publicly traded into fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.20 and $1.98 per share, respectively, subject to certain anti-dilution protections. Additionally, the Notes automatically convert into Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.20 and $1.98 per share, respectively, subject to certain anti-dilution protections, on the date on which the Company’s Common Stock becomes publicly traded. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into two shares of the Company’s Common Stock, and is required to convert into Common Stock upon certain events.

Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, if the Company’s Common Stock is not publicly traded by the applicable maturity date of a Note, the entire outstanding principal balance of the Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon will be due and payable in quarterly installments (each a “Quarterly Installment”) over the following twelve months and the holder of the Note will also receive the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock would have been convertible assuming the conversion of the Quarterly Installment in accordance with the terms of the applicable Note and subsequent conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company’s Common Stock becomes publicly traded before the date a Quarterly Installment is due, the entire remaining outstanding principal balance of the Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon will automatically convert into Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Note. While the Company has the right to repay all, but not less than all of the Series A Convertible Notes at any time, if the Company repays the Series A Convertible Notes prior to their conversion into shares of Series A Preferred Stock, each Series A Convertible Noteholder will receive one share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock into which the Series A Convertible Notes would have converted.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

All shares of Common Stock acquired by the Noteholders through the conversion of Series A Convertible Notes or the exercise of warrants acquired with the Notes have piggyback registration rights.

In connection with the issuance of the Second Round Notes, Noteholders were issued warrants to purchase 291,772 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The exercise price of the Financing Warrants is $1.20 per share and is subject to certain exercise price adjustments set forth in the Financing Warrants. The Financing Warrants expire on the later of (a) five years from the date of issuance or (b) five years from the date the shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the Financing Warrants are registered for resale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, but in no case later than ten years from the date of issuance of the Financing Warrants. The Company allocated the proceeds received between notes and warrants in accordance with EITF Issue No. 98-5 associated with the Second Round Notes, valued under the minimum value method. The value associated with the detachable warrants totaled $123,132, and was recorded as an offset to the principal balance of the Second Round Notes and is being amortized into interest expense using the effective interest method. The total expense recorded by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 was $57,583 and $59,034, respectively.

The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2004    2005

Risk-free interest rate

   2.4%–3.3%    3.5%-4.3%

Expected lives (in years)

   2.5 Years    2.5 Years

Dividend yield

   0%    0%

Expected volatility

   52%    44%

The First Round Notes and Second Round Notes are secured by principally all of the Company’s assets and intellectual property.

The following is a summary of the future maturities of Series A convertible preferred notes:

 

Years ended December 31,

  

2006

   $ 1,075,000  

2007

     916,824  
        

Total

     1,991,824  

Less discount

     (6,517 )
        
     1,985,307  

Less current portion

     (1,075,000 )
        

Long term portion

   $ 910,307  
        

In connection with the issuance of the First Round Notes, a party related to certain of the Noteholders was appointed to act as an agent (“the Agent”) on behalf of these Noteholders to take various actions on behalf of these Noteholders as defined in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement. The Agent may be removed at any time with the approval of holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding principal of the convertible notes. In addition, the Company has entered into an Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement pursuant to which an affiliate of the Agent will receive warrants to purchase up to 219,298 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.06 upon satisfaction of certain conditions. During the

 

F-23


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

year ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, warrants to purchase 146,199 shares of the Company’s Common Stock were earned, with a resulting charge, under the minimum value method, of $102,302. These options were subject to certain performance criteria by the Agent. The Company recorded this expense during the year ended December 31, 2004.

The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2004    2005

Risk-free interest rate

   2.4%–3.3%    3.5%-4.3%

Expected lives (in years)

   2.5 Years    2.5 Years

Dividend yield

   0%    0%

Expected volatility

   52%    44%

Certain members of management and the Board of Directors own approximately $145,000 of the Company’s Series A convertible promissory notes.

 

(6) Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2005, the total number of authorized shares of the Company’s preferred stock ($0.001 par value) is 10,000,000. The Company has designated 2,000,000 shares of Series A, 2,000,000 shares of Series A-1 and 500,000 shares of Series B preferred stock. There are 5,500,000 undesignated shares at December 31, 2005. No shares of preferred stock have been issued as of December 31, 2004 and 2005.

The significant provisions of the Company’s preferred stock are as follows:

Voting—Except as discussed below or required by law, the Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be voted together with the shares of the Company’s Common Stock and not as a separate class. In connection with any vote or written consent of the Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock into which the holder’s aggregate number of Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock are convertible.

For so long as at least 916,666 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar events affecting the Series A Preferred Stock) remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required or by law, the vote or written consent of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock is necessary for effecting or validating certain actions, including amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws, increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, any authorization or any designation of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company, and other matters.

Dividends—The holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by our Board of Directors, cash dividends at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum of the Original Issue Price (defined as $1.20 per share, as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock. Such dividends shall be due and payable in arrears on the date that the Series A Preferred Stock is converted or redeemed and are cumulative.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of stock, all dividends declared shall be distributed among all holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and our Common Stock holders in proportion to the number of shares of our Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock were converted into our Common Stock at the then effective Series A-1 Conversion Price (initially $1.20 per share, as adjusted any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares).

So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, unless approved by the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, no dividend, whether in cash or property (other than our Common Stock), shall be paid or declared, nor shall any shares junior, as defined, to the Series A Preferred Stock, be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for value.

Conversion—Each share of Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of the Company’s Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series A Conversion Price of $1.50 per share, as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, stock dividends and distributions), immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s Common Stock for the account of the Company in which (i) the price per share is at least equal to the greater of $3.00 or 125% of the Series A Conversion Price and (ii) the net cash proceeds to the Company (after underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

Shares of the Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (if elected to be converted as opposed to receiving cash), may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock to which a holder of Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon conversion of shares of the Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be the product obtained by multiplying the Conversion Rate by the number of shares of the Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock being converted. The Conversion Rate for the Series A Preferred Stock is the quotient obtained by dividing $1.50 by the then effective by the Series A Conversion Price. The Conversion Rate for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock is the quotient obtained by dividing $1.50 by the Series A-1 Conversion Price, as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, stock dividends and distributions.

The number of shares of our Common Stock to which a holder of Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon conversion of accrued and unpaid dividends shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the amount of dividends being converted by the Series A Conversion Price and Series A-1 Conversion Price, respectively.

Redemption—The Company must redeem all of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock on the fifth anniversary of the original issue date by paying in cash the Series A Liquidation Value in full. The Company may not at any time redeem less than all the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock by paying in cash the Series A Liquidation Value in full and by issuing one share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock redeemed.

Liquidation Preference—Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment is made to the holders of any junior shares, as defined, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company an amount per share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to the Original Issue Price (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on the

 

F-25


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Series A Preferred Stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by them (the “Series A Liquidation Value”). The Series A-1 Preferred Stock holders are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company an amount per share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock equal to $0.06 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A-1 Preferred Stock for each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock held by them (the “Series A-1 Liquidation Value”).

If, upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets of the Company are insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the Series A Liquidation Value, then such assets shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

If, upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets of the Company are insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock of the Series A-1 Liquidation Value, then such assets shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

Anti-dilution—If, after January 12, 2006, the Company sells or issues, or has deemed to have sold or issued, additional shares of our Common Stock, except for securities excluded from the definition of Additional Shares of Common Stock in the Certificate of Determination, other than as a dividend or other distribution in any class of stock as provided for by the Company’s certificate of determination, for an effective price, as defined, less than the then effective Series A Conversion Price or the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the then existing Series A Conversion Price or the Series A-1 Conversion Price shall be reduced to a price equal to the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock (defined as the quotient determined by dividing the total number of additional shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed issued or sold, in to the aggregate consideration received by the Company for such additional shares of Common Stock).

 

(7) Common Stock

As of December 31, 2005, the total number of authorized shares of the Company’s Common Stock ($0.001 par value) is 50,000,000 of which 3,333,333 have been issued. The Company’s Common Stock is held by a stockholder who has control of all shares currently issued. The Company’s common stockholder has set aside approximately 1.3 million shares in the event certain officers, employees and individuals exercise their option to purchase such shares from the stockholder (the “Founder Options”). These options are vested only upon the Company’s engagement of an underwriter for the public offering of its common stock. The Company has determined that the granting of these options is a deemed capital contribution from the sole stockholder to the Company. In addition, the Company has valued these options using the minimum value method at the date of grant which totaled approximately $30,000 which is being deferred until the date the contingency of the vesting has lapsed.

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive any dividends ratably, if declared by the board of directors out of assets legally available for the payment of dividends, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to cast one vote for each share held at all stockholder meetings for all purposes, including the election of directors. The holders of more than 50% of the Common Stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, constitute a quorum at all meetings of stockholders. The vote of the holders of a majority of Common Stock present at such a meeting will decide any question brought before such meeting. Upon liquidation or dissolution, the holder of each outstanding share of Common Stock will be entitled to share equally in our assets legally available for

 

F-26


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

distribution to such stockholder after payment of all liabilities and after distributions to preferred stockholders legally entitled to such distributions. Holders of Common Stock do not have any preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. All outstanding Shares of Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The holders of the Common Stock do not have any registration rights with respect to the stock.

In April 2005, the Company’s board of directors approved a 2:1 split of if the Company’s Common Stock. The share information in the accompanying financial statements have been retroactively restated to reflect the effect of the stock split. Subsequent to December 31, 2005, the Company affected 1-for-12 split of the Company’s Common Stock (see Note 14).

 

(8) Stock Options and Warrants

Effective January 1, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Stock Option Plan for Directors, Officers, and Employees of and Consultants to InterMetro Communications, Inc. (the “2004 Plan”) under which a total of 725,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance at December 31, 2005. The number of shares of Common Stock reserved under the 2004 Plan is subject to adjustment, such that the number will be equal to 15% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock, assuming full conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock and the Notes.

If an option expires or is terminated or canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, the shares subject to the expired, terminated or canceled option will be returned to the pool of shares available for future grant or sale under the 2004 Plan, unless the 2004 Plan has terminated.

The number of shares of the Company’s common stock subject to outstanding options under the 2004 Plan, as well as the exercise price of outstanding options, may be appropriately adjusted for any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Company’s common stock, merger, reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off, change in our capital structure, or certain other transactions. The 2004 Plan terminates on January 1, 2014, unless sooner terminated by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Options granted under the 2004 Plan may be either “incentive stock options” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or nonstatutory stock options and become exercisable in accordance with terms approved at the time of grant. Options may be granted to any employee of, or consultant to, the Company, or any parent, subsidiary or successor of the Company, including employees who are also officers or directors, selected by the Board of Directors in its discretion. The 2004 Plan is currently administered by the Company’s Board of Directors which has the authority to determine optionees, the number of shares covered by each option, the type of option (i.e., incentive or nonstatutory), the applicable vesting schedule, the exercise price, the method of payment and certain other option terms.

The exercise price of an option granted under the 2004 Plan may not be less than 85%, in the case of a nonstatutory stock option, or 100%, in the case of an incentive stock option, of the fair market value of the common stock subject to the option on the date of the option grant. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the stock subject to incentive stock options that become exercisable for the first time during any one calendar year exceeds $100,000 (as determined at the grant date) plus fifty percent (50%) of any unused limit carryover from prior years, the options in excess of such limit shall be treated as nonstatutory stock options. Options may be granted under the 2004 Plan for terms of up to ten years and will typically be exercisable in installments in accordance with a vesting schedule approved by the Board of Directors at the time an option is granted. Options are not transferable other than upon death or between spouses incident to divorce. Options may be exercised at various periods up to 12 months after the death or disability of the optionee or up to three months after the termination of employment of the optionee, to the extent the option was then exercisable.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2005, the Company has granted at total of 650,000 new stock options to the officers, directors, and employees, and consultants of InterMetro, 575,000 of which vest as follows: 20% on the date of grant and 1/16 of the balance each quarter thereafter until the remaining stock options have vested and 75,000 of which vest as follows: 50% on the date of grant and 50% at one year after the date of grant. These stock options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the date of grant and are exercisable at exercise prices ranging from $0.30 to $1.98 per share.

The following presents a summary of activity under the Company’s 2004 Plan for the period for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005:

    

Number

of

Shares

  

Price

per

Share

  

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

Options outstanding at January 1, 2004

   —      $ —      $ —  

Granted

   566,667      0.30      0.30

Exercised

   —        —        —  

Forfeited/expired

   —        —        —  
          

Options outstanding at December 31, 2004

   566,667      —        0.30

Granted

   83,333      1.62 to 1.98      1.82

Exercised

   —        —        —  

Forfeited/expired

   —        —        —  
          

Options outstanding at December 31, 2005

   650,000       $ 0.50
              

Additional information with respect to the outstanding options at December 31, 2005 is as follows:

 

   

Options Outstanding

     Options Exercisable

Exercise
Prices

 

Number of
Shares

   Average Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)
   Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Number
of Shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
$0.30     470,834    8.00    $ 0.30      282,500      $ .30
0.30     20,833    8.25      0.30      17,873        .30
0.30     58,333    8.50      0.30      49,167        .30
0.30     16,667    9.00      0.30      16,667        .30
1.62     37,500    9.75      1.62      9,375        1.62
1.98     45,833    9.75      1.98      11,458        1.98
                     
  650,000            387,040     
                     

During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:

Grants Made During Quarter Ended

   Number of
Options Granted
(000’s)
   Weighted-Average
Fair Value Per
Share
   Weighted Average
Intrinsic Value
Per Share
March 31, 2004    492    $ 0.30    $ —  
June 30, 2004    —        —        —  
September 30, 2004    75      0.30      1.27
December 31, 2004    —        —        —  
March 31, 2005    —        —        —  
June 30, 2005    —        —        —  
September 30, 2005    37      1.62      4.38
December 31, 2005    46      1.98      4.98

 

F-28


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The intrinsic value per share is being recognized over the applicable vesting period which equals the service period.

At December 31, 2005, 158,333 of the Company’s outstanding options were granted with exercise prices at below fair value. Compensation expense recognized in the statements of operations in connection with these options was $5,277 and $57,225 during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. There was no compensation expense recognized for the period July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003.

The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2004    2005

Risk-free interest rate

   2.4%–3.3%    3.5%-4.3%

Expected lives (in years)

   2.5 Years    2.5 Years

Dividend yield

   0%    0%

Expected volatility

   52%    44%

In February 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with a related party pursuant to which the related party will receive warrants to purchase up to 166,667 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $.06 upon satisfaction of certain conditions. These warrants have an exercise period of five years from the date of grant with an exercise price of $.06 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2004, warrants to purchase 55,556 shares of the Company’s Common Stock were earned. The resulting charge, using the fair value method, was $13,802.

The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2004    2005

Risk-free interest rate

   2.4–3.3%    3.5-4.3%

Expected lives (in years)

   2.5 Years    2.5 Years

Dividend yield

   0%    0%

Expected volatility

   52%    44%

 

(9) Commitments and Contingencies

In February 2004, the Company entered into a non-cancelable lease agreement to purchase network equipment, software and other equipment up to $465,000. As part of securing this lease facility, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 19,375 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.20 per share. In August 2005, the Company entered into a similar non-cancelable lease agreement to purchase network equipment, software and other equipment up to an additional $300,000. As part of securing this lease facility, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 7,576 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share. The resulting combined charge for warrants issued in connection with these lease arrangements in the year ended December 31, 2005, using the minimum value method, was $33,196. The future minimum lease payments are discounted using interest rates of 18% to 28% over 18 to 30 months. Management believes that assets acquired under this lease facility meet the criteria to be accounted for as capital leases under SFAS 13, “Accounting for Leases.”

 

F-29


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2004    2005

Risk-free interest rate

   2.4%–3.3%    3.5%-4.3%

Expected lives (in years)

   2.5 Years    2.5 Years

Dividend yield

   0%    0%

Expected volatility

   52%    44%

The Company leases certain equipment under capital lease arrangements expiring on various dates through 2008. Included in property and equipment, net are the following assets held under capital lease:

 

     December 31,  
     2004     2005  

Telecommunications equipment

   $ 327,659     $ 585,558  

Telecommunications software

     89,011       89,011  

Computer equipment

     17,780       27,567  

Leasehold improvements, office equipment and furniture

     7,836       7,836  
                

Total property and equipment under capital lease

     442,286       709,972  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (128,727 )     (342,885 )
                
   $ 313,559     $ 367,087  
                

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases for the years following December 31, 2005 are:

 

2006

   $ 249,067  

2007

     129,937  

2008

     55,750  
        

Total minimum obligations

     434,754  

Less amounts representing interest

     (86,419 )
        

Present value of minimum obligations

     348,335  

Less current portion

     (197,368 )
        

Total

   $ 150,967  
        

The Company leases it facilities under a non-cancelable operating lease expiring in January 2006. In March 2006, the Company renewed its facilities lease for a period of three years at an annual expense of approximately $230,000. As part of the lease renewal, the Company has increased the size of the facilities leased and certain improvements to the facilities will be made by the building owner. The Company has an option to exercise a right of first refusal if there is a valid third party offer presented by the Lessor, subject to certain terms and conditions, during the term of the lease. Rent expense for the Company’s facilities for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 was $110,000 and $146,424, respectively.

In addition, the Company has entered into agreements with its network partners and other vendors for various services which are, in general, for periods of twelve months and provide for month to month renewal periods.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In February 2005, the Company executed an agreement with a bank for a $30,000 revolving credit facility to be used for general working capital. This facility has been renewed through January 2007. Interest on the outstanding balances accrued at an annual rate of 2.5% above the bank’s prime rate. At December 31, 2005, the bank’s prime rate was 7.25%. The Company is required to maintain, on an account with an equal amount on deposit with the bank (in which the bank has a security interest therein) as collateral for this loan. The Company is required to pay the bank on a monthly basis fee on the unused portion of this line at an annual rate of .625%.

It is not unusual in the Company’s industry to occasionally have disagreements with vendors relating to the amounts billed for services provided between the recipient of those services and the vendor. To the extent that the Company is not able to resolve these disputes management reviews available information and determines the need for recording an estimate of the potential exposure when the amount is reasonable and estimable based on SFAS 5 , “Accounting for Contingencies.”

There are many unresolved proceedings at the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) intended to address whether various types of VoIP services are properly classified as telecommunications services and/or information services. Federal legislation may also impact this determination. If the Company’s services are determined to be telecommunications services, the Company may be subject to additional regulation, including but not limited to the application of additional charges, surcharges, taxes and fees that would adversely impact its business. If it is determined that the Company provides telecommunications services, the Company could also be required to comply with state regulation and the related filing requirements that could adversely impact its business.

Some local exchange carriers have asserted that past and current services are subject to intrastate and/or interstate access charges. Several proceedings at the FCC within the Company’s industry were initiated to address issues relevant to these claims. In April 2004, the FCC ruled that AT&T’s phone-to-phone IP telephone service is not exempt from access charges as an unregulated “information” service, finding that AT&T’s specific network architecture met the definition of a regulated “telecommunications” service. If it is determined that the Company’s services were subject to access charges, the Company may be subject to pay such charges. The Company also may find it uneconomical to prospectively offer some services if the Company is prospectively required to pay access charges. Some local exchange carriers invoice for these charges, others have not submitted such invoices. The Company has disputed these charges, however, regulatory actions or commercial agreements may cause the Company to pay these charges, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

In June 2005, one of our network vendors indicated that they believe that they may be liable for a portion or all of certain types of access charges and that they may potentially pass those third party charges through to the Company because they believe that they have incurred these charges due to the Company’s use of their services. The Company provided this vendor with a good-faith cash deposit of $100,000 in June 2005 and they agreed to continue to provide services pending resolution of the third party charge issue. This vendor has not invoiced the Company for any of these third party charges and the Company does not know the total amount of potential invoices it may receive regarding this issue at this time. While management of the Company does not believe that any third party charges are owed to this vendor, management of the Company is currently working to settle this issue and the Company may be required to make additional cash payments, which payments could be significant. In October 2005, this vendor confirmed that actions taken by the Company to eliminate the potential for additional third party charges was successful and has eliminated these potential charges on a go-forward basis. An additional provider of similar services used for the origination of VoIP traffic has notified their customers that they do not have their approval to send certain types of VoIP traffic over their facilities. If the Company is unable to continue to use this vendor’s facilities, the Company would need to use different vendors to service a portion of its customer base and the cost structure to service its existing customer base would be adversely impacted and may negatively affect its ability to earn a profit. The Company is not currently able to estimate the impact, if any, these potential changes may have on its results of operations or financial position.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company is subject to employment agreements with certain members of management.

Under the organizational documents, the Company’s directors and management are indemnified against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of their duties to the Company. The Company also has an insurance policy for its directors and officers to insure them against liabilities arising from the performance of their duties required by their positions with the Company. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not yet occurred. However, based on experience, the Company expects the risk of loss to be remote.

 

(10) Income Taxes

At December 31, 2005, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income, if any, of approximately $2.2 million for Federal and State taxes. The Federal net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2021. The State net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2008.

The following is a summary of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 

     December 31,  
     2004     2005  

Current assets and liabilities:

    

Deferred revenue

   $ 10,854     $ 28,318  

Accrued expenses

     198,001       146,463  
                
     208,855       174,781  

Valuation allowance

     (208,855 )     (174,781 )
                

Net current deferred tax asset

   $ —       $ —    
                

Non-current assets and liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 10,370     $ 34,734  

Net operating loss carryforward

     871,812       235,211  
                
     882,182       269,945  

Valuation allowance

     (882,182 )     (269,945 )
                

Net non-current deferred tax asset

   $ —       $ —    
                

The reconciliation between the statutory income tax rate and the effective rate is as follows:

 

     For the period
from July 22, 2003
(inception)
through
December 31,
2003
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
 
       2004     2005  

Federal statutory tax rate

   (34 )%   (34 )%   (34 )%

State and local taxes

   (6 )   (6 )   (6 )

Valuation reserve for income taxes

   40     40     40  
                  

Effective tax rate

   —   %   —   %   —   %
                  

Management has concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not have sufficient taxable income of an appropriate character within the carryforward period permitted by current law to allow for the utilization of certain of the deductible amounts generating the deferred tax assets; therefore, a full valuation allowance has been established to reduce the net deferred tax assets to zero at December 31, 2004 and 2005.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(11) Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share and Initial Public Offering

In February 2006, the Board of Directors authorized the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that would permit the Company to sell shares of the Company’s common stock in connection with a proposed initial public offering (“IPO”). If the IPO is consummated under the terms presently anticipated, upon the closing of the proposed IPO, all of the then outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A convertible promissory notes will automatically convert into shares of common stock on a 1 for 6 basis, subject to antidilution provisions, including stock splits.

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the sum of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, including the shares resulting from the conversion of the convertible preferred notes as though such conversion occurred at January 1, 2005. The convertible promissory notes and accrued interest due, or any portion thereof is convertible into fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.20 and $1.98 per share, respectively, subject to certain anti-dilution protections. Each share of preferred stock converts into two shares of common stock subject to antidilution provisions, including stock splits. The conversion of the Series A convertible promissory notes has been reflected in the accompanying unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share and the unaudited pro forma shares used to calculate pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share on the accompanying statements of operations, as if this event had occurred on January 1, 2005.

The following sets forth the computation of basic, diluted and pro forma net loss per share for the periods indicated:

 

     Period from
July 22, 2003
(inception)
through
December
31, 2003
    Year Ended December 31,  
       2004     2005  

HISTORICAL PRESENTATION

      

Numerator:

      

Net Loss

   $ (232,370 )   $ (2,727,590 )   $ (1,111,815 )
                        

Denominator:

      

Weighted average common shares

     3,333,333       3,333,333       3,333,333  
                        

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.82 )   $ (0.33 )
                        

PRO FORMA PRESENTATION

      

Numerator:

      

Net loss, as reported

     (232,370 )     (2,727,590 )     (1,111,815 )

Interest expense on Series A convertible promissory notes

     8,750       378,814       238,319  
                        

Unaudited pro forma net loss

   $ (223,620 )   $ (2,348,776 )   $ (873,496 )
                        

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.18 )
                        

Denominator:

      

Unaudited weighted average common shares assuming conversion of the Series A convertible promissory notes and related accrued interest

     4,236,458       4,813,337       4,934,940  
                        

 

F-33


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The diluted per share computations exclude common stock options and warrants which were antidilutive. The number of shares excluded from the diluted net loss per common share computation were 385,965, 1,298,362 and 1,473,021 for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

 

(12) Cash Flow Disclosures

The table following presents a summary of the Company’s supplemental cash flow information:

 

     Period from
July 22, 2003
(inception) through
December 31, 2003
   Year Ended
December 31,
        2004    2005

Cash paid:

        

Interest

   $ —      $ 91,113    $ 452,788
                    

Income taxes

   $ 800    $ 800    $ 800
                    

Non-cash information:

        

Equipment obtained under capital leases

   $ —      $ 442,286    $ 267,686
                    

Equipment obtained by issuing common stock warrants

   $ —      $ 67,253    $ 269,012
                    

 

(13) Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth the reviewed quarterly financial information for 2004 and 2005:

 

      For the Quarter Ended     Total  
     March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,    

Year Ended 2004

          

Revenue

   $ 5,132     $ 281,484     $ 556,779     $ 1,037,256     $ 1,880,651  

Net loss

     (578,523 )     (792,834 )     (615,244 )     (740,989 )     (2,727,590 )

Year Ended 2005

          

Revenue

   $ 1,357,055     $ 2,348,357     $ 3,192,712     $ 3,682,475     $ 10,580,599  

Net loss

     (623,721 )     (104,404 )     (139,351 )     (244,339 )     (1,111,815 )

 

(14) Subsequent Events

In January 2006, as part of a series of transactions that included amending and restating the Loan and Security Agreement which governs the Company’s Series A Notes the Company sold approximately $575,000 of additional Series A Convertible Notes (the “New Notes”) through a private offering pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) to the Company’s existing Series A Note holders. The New Notes are convertible into Series A Preferred Stock at $4.80 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution protections, at the option of the holders and are required to convert into Series A Preferred Stock upon certain events. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of the Company’s Common Stock, and is required to convert into Common Stock upon certain events. The New Notes accrue simple interest at a rate of 9% annually and this interest may be payable in additional Series A Convertible Notes. In conjunction with the New Notes, the Company also issued warrants to purchase one share of the Company’s Common Stock for each $3.20 of New Notes funded. The exercise price of the warrants is $3.00 per share and the warrants are exercisable at any time prior to five years from the grant date or, as the case may be, on the fifth anniversary of the date the Company’s Common Stock is registered for resale under the Act, but in no case later than ten years

 

F-34


Table of Contents

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

from the grant date. All shares of Common Stock acquired by the New Note holders through the conversion of the New Notes or the exercise of the warrants have piggyback registration rights. Investors in the New Notes also entered into a Voting Agreement with the Company and the Company’s principal existing shareholder who is currently entitled to vote 100% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (the “Existing Shareholder”) pursuant to which the investors, if and when applicable, will agree to vote all shares of Common Stock owned by them or their affiliates or as to which they are entitled to vote in order to elect the individuals identified by the Existing Shareholder to the Company’s Board of Directors.

In February 2006, the Company concluded a private placement of 166,667 units, each unit consisting of one share of Series B Preferred Stock and one common stock purchase warrant, at a price of $6.00 per unit. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s Common Stock for a price of $3.00 per share, at any time, for a period of two years after the termination date of the offering. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible into six shares of common stock, $.001 par value, at any time. The private placement was made in reliance upon an exemption from registration under Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company raised approximately $1,000,000 in gross proceeds from this offering.

In February 2006, the Company authorized 5,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, $.001 par value, and an additional 1,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 1,500,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

In March 2006, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Advanced Tel, Inc. (“ATI”), a switchless reseller of wholesale long-distance services, for a combination of shares of the Company’s Common Stock and cash. The initial portion of the purchase price included 41,667 shares of the Company’s common stock, a cash payment of $250,000 to be paid over the six month period following the closing and a two-year unsecured promissory note in an amount tied to ATI’s working capital. The selling shareholder may earn an additional 41,667 shares of the Company’s Common Stock and additional cash amounts during the two year period following the closing upon meeting certain performance targets tied to revenue and profitability. The amount of stock paid, and potentially to be paid, is subject to an increase (or the payment of additional cash in lieu thereof) if the Company’s Common Stock does not become publicly-traded within two years of the closing date, and subject to an increase (or the payment of additional cash in lieu thereof), once the Company’s Common Stock is publicly traded and if the trading price of the Company’s Common Stock does not reach a minimum price during the two years following the closing date. The Company is in the process of determining the purchase price allocation for this acquisition. This allocation has not been finalized as adequate information needed to allocate purchase price is not currently available.

On May 10, 2006, the stockholder of the Company approved a proposed reincorporation merger whereby the Company will merge with and reincorporate into a newly formed Delaware corporation as the surviving corporation. The reincorporation merger will take effect prior to the effectiveness of a registration statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and these financial statements reflect the effect of a 1 for 12 split of the Company’s common stock, a 1 for 6 split of the Company’s Preferred Series A and A-1 Stock, and a 1 for 12 split of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, as a result of the share exchange in the reincorporation merger.

The Delaware corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for 50,000,000 shares of authorized common stock, par value $.001 and 10,000,000 shares of authorized preferred stock, par value $.001. The rights, preferences and privileges of each series of preferred stock will be designated by the Company’s board of directors at a future date, which may include dividend and liquidation preferences and redemption and voting rights.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors

ADVANCED TEL, INC.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Advanced Tel, Inc. as of June 30, 2004 and 2005, and the related statements of operations, shareholder’s equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Advanced Tel, Inc. as of June 30, 2004 and 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/    MAYER HOFFMAN MCCANN P.C.

MAYER HOFFMAN MCCANN P.C.

Los Angeles, California

February 20, 2006, except for Note 7, as to which date is March 30, 2006.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ADVANCED TEL, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     June 30,  
     2004    2005  

Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 805,301    $ 474,406  

Accounts receivable

     554,652      1,091,484  

Other current assets

     4,586      3,587  
               

Total current assets

     1,364,539      1,569,477  

Property and equipment, net

     37,018      48,605  
               

Total Assets

   $ 1,401,557    $ 1,618,082  
               

Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit)

     

Accounts payable

   $ 806,693    $ 745,319  

Accrued expenses

     501,989      1,051,415  
               

Total liabilities

     1,308,682      1,796,734  
               

Commitments and contingencies

     

Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit)

     

Common stock—no par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 1,000 shares issued and outstanding

     1,000      1,000  

Retained earnings (deficit)

     91,875      (179,652 )
               

Total shareholder’s equity (deficit)

     92,875      (178,652 )
               

Total Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit)

   $ 1,401,557    $ 1,618,082  
               

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ADVANCED TEL, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended June 30,  
     2004     2005  

Net revenues

   $ 8,245,734     $ 8,298,825  

Cost of revenues

     6,369,024       6,935,898  
                

Gross profit

     1,876,710       1,362,927  
                

Operating expenses

    

Sales and marketing

     735,052       885,508  

General and administrative

     1,111,625       762,770  
                

Total operating expenses

     1,846,677       1,648,278  
                

Operating income (loss)

     30,033       (285,351 )

Interest income

     8,750       14,624  
                

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     38,783       (270,727 )

Provision for income taxes

     (800 )     (800 )
                

Net income (loss)

   $ 37,983     $ (271,527 )
                

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ADVANCED TEL, INC.

STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

     Common Stock   

Retained

Earnings

(Deficit)

   

Total

Shareholder’s

Equity

(Deficit)

 
     Shares    Amount     

Balance at July 1, 2003

   1,000    $ 1,000    $ 53,892     $ 54,892  

Net income for the year ended June 30, 2004

   —        —        37,983       37,983  
                            

Balance at June 30, 2004

   1,000      1,000      91,875       92,875  

Net loss for the year ended June 30, 2005

   —        —        (271,527 )     (271,527 )
                            

Balance at June 30, 2005

   1,000    $ 1,000    $ (179,652 )   $ (178,652 )
                            

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ADVANCED TEL, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended June 30,  
     2004     2005  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 37,983     $ (271,527 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     12,829       12,060  

Change in assets and liabilities:

    

(Increase) decrease in assets:

    

Accounts receivable

     59,988       (536,832 )

Other current assets

     52,414       999  

Increase (decrease) in liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

     225,409       (61,374 )

Accrued expenses

     309,882       549,426  
                

Net cash from operating activities

     698,505       (307,248 )
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment, net of refunds received

     (23,944 )     (23,647 )
                

Net cash from investing activities

     (23,944 )     (23,647 )
                
    

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     674,561       (330,895 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     130,740       805,301  
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 805,301     $ 474,406  
                

The accompanying note are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ADVANCED TEL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(1) Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Company Background—Advanced Tel Inc. (the “Company”) is a California corporation formed in August 1995 and is a “switch-less” reseller, providing telecom services to commercial and wholesale customers.

Use of Estimates—In the normal course of preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

On an ongoing basis, management reviews its estimates based on currently available information. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Equivalents consist of money market cash funds with original maturities of 90 days or less.

Revenue Recognition—Telecom services are recognized as revenues when services are provided, primarily based on usage. The Company recognizes revenue in the period that services are delivered and when the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed and determinable, no significant Company obligations remain and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Deferred revenue consists of fees received or billed in advance of the delivery of the services or services performed in which collection is not reasonably assured. This revenue is recognized when the services are provided and no significant Company obligations remain. Management of the Company assesses the likelihood of collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit worthiness of the customer. Generally, management of the Company does not request collateral from customers. If management of the Company determines that collection of revenues is not reasonably assured, amounts are deferred and recognized as revenue at the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash. To date, collection losses have been within management expectations.

Accounts Receivable—Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables arising in the normal course of business. The Company does not charge interest on its trade receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. The Company determines the allowance based upon historical write-off experience, payment history and by reviewing significant past due balances for individual collectibility. If estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts subsequently prove insufficient, additional allowances may be acquired.

Cost of Revenues—The Company’s cost of revenues consist primarily of telecommunication costs incurred from underlying carriers which is resold to its customers.

Advertising Costs—The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs included in sales and marketing expenses were $11,590 and $8,655 for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

General and Administrative Expenses—The Company’s general and administrative expenses related to salaries of non-sales related employees, and other general overhead costs.

Depreciation and amortization expense included in general and administrative expenses were $12,829 and $12,060 for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ADVANCED TEL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash. The Company maintains its cash with a major financial institution located in the United States. The balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $100,000. Periodically throughout the year the Company maintained balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company encounters a certain amount of risk as a result of a concentration of revenue from a few significant customers and services provided from vendors. Credit is extended to customers based on an evaluation if their financial condition. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and records an allowance for potential bad debts based on available information. To date, such losses, if any, have been within management’s expectations. The Company had two customers which accounted for 48% (34% and 14%) of net revenue for the year ended June 30, 2004 and the Company had two customers which accounted for 22% (15% and 7%) of net revenue for the year ended June 30, 2005. One customer had outstanding accounts receivable balances of 17% of the total accounts receivable at June 30, 2004. Two customers had outstanding accounts receivable balances in excess of 10% of the total accounts receivable at June 30, 2005 totaling 28% of the total accounts receivable at June 30, 2005 (16% and 12%).

Depreciation and Amortization—Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives:

 

Computer equipment

   3 years

Office equipment and furniture

   3 years

Leasehold improvements

   3 years or remaining lease term, which ever is shorter

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; significant betterments are capitalized.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company assesses impairment of other long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets.” An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered by the Company include:

 

    significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;

 

    significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and

 

    significant negative industry or economic trends.

When management of the Company determines that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, an estimate is made of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, based on the fair market value if available, or discounted cash flows if not. To date, the Company has not had an impairment of long-lived assets.

Contingencies and Litigation—The Company evaluates contingent liabilities including threatened or pending litigation in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” and records accruals when the outcome of these matters is deemed probable and the liability is reasonably estimable. Management of the Company makes these assessments based on the facts and circumstances and in some instances based in part on the advice of outside legal counsel.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ADVANCED TEL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using presently enacted tax rates in effect. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements—In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity,” which establishes standards for how to classify and measure certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities (or assets, in some circumstances) and equity. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have any impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

 

(2) Property and Equipment

The following is a summary of the Company’s property and equipment:

 

     June 30,  
     2004     2005  

Computer equipment

   $ 105,895     $ 121,648  

Office equipment and furniture

     17,714       24,391  

Leasehold improvements

     4,458       5,675  
                
     128,067       151,714  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (91,049 )     (103,109 )
                

Property and equipment, net

   $ 37,018     $ 48,605  
                

 

(3) Accrued Expenses

The following is a summary of the Company’s accrued expenses:

 

     June 30,
     2004    2005

Commissions, cost of revenues and other general accruals

   $  355,313    $ 811,245

Customers funds held

     75,390      133,750

Funds held for payment to third parties

     71,286      106,420
             

Accrued expenses and other

   $ 501,989    $ 1,051,415
             

 

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases its facilities under a month-to-month operating lease. In addition, the Company has entered into agreements with its network partners and other vendors which are, in general, for annual periods at inception and provide for month-to-month or annual renewal periods. Rent expense for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 was $26,787 and $38,740, respectively.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ADVANCED TEL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(5) Income Taxes

The following is a summary of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 

     June 30,  
     2004    2005  

Current assets and liabilities:

     

Net operating loss carryforward

   $ —      $ 4,344  

Valuation allowance

     —        (4,344 )
               

Net current deferred tax asset

   $ —      $ —    
               

The reconciliation between the statutory income tax rate and the effective rate is as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2004     2005  

Federal statutory tax rate

   (15 )%   (33 )%

State and local taxes

   (6 )   (6 )

Utilization of net operating loss

   23     —    

Valuation reserve for income taxes

   —       39  
            

Effective tax rate

   2 %   —   %
            

Management has concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not have sufficient taxable income of an appropriate character within the carryforward period permitted by current law to allow for the utilization of certain of the deductible amounts generating the deferred tax assets; therefore, a full valuation allowance has been established to reduce the deferred tax assets to zero at June 30, 2005.

 

(6) Cash Flow Disclosures

During the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, the Company did not pay interest and in each year paid $800 of income taxes.

 

(7) Subsequent Events

In March 2006, the Company sold all of the outstanding stock to InterMetro Communications, Inc. (“InterMetro”), a California corporation formed in July 2003 to engage in the business of providing voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) communications services. InterMetro owns and operates state-of-the-art VoIP switching equipment and network facilities that are utilized by its retail customers, or end users, and its wholesale customers for consumer voice, video and data services and voice-enabled application services.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ADVANCED TEL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The initial portion of the purchase price included 41,667 shares of InterMetro’s common stock, a cash payment of $250,000 to be paid over the six month period following the closing and a two-year unsecured promissory note in an amount tied to ATI’s working capital. The selling shareholder of ATI may earn an additional 41,667 shares of InterMetro’s common stock and additional cash amounts during the two year period following the closing upon meeting certain performance targets tied to revenue and profitability. The amount of stock paid, and potentially to be paid, is subject to an increase (or the payment of additional cash in lieu thereof) if InterMetro’s stock does not become publicly-traded within two years of the closing date, and subject to an increase (or the payment of additional cash in lieu thereof), once InterMetro’s common stock is publicly traded and if the trading price of InterMetro’s common stock does not reach a minimum price during the two years following the closing date.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

InterMetro Communications, Inc.

Common Stock

 


PROSPECTUS

                    , 2006

 


 

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

Wunderlich Securities, Inc.

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts, payable by us in connection with the offer and sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 2,461

NASD filing fee

     2,800

Nasdaq National Market listing fee

     *

Printing and engraving expenses

     *

Legal fees and expenses

     *

Accounting fees and expenses

     *

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *

Total

     *

* To be filed by amendment

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a Delaware corporation may in its certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director (i) breached his duty of loyalty, (ii) failed to act in good faith, (iii) engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, (iv) authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or (v) obtained an improper personal benefit.

The registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides that the liability of directors of the registrant for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible by law and authorizes the registrant to indemnify any agents with respect to actions for breach of duty to the registrant and its stockholders, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors and agents for breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The Underwriting Agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Reference is made to the form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto.

 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

Set forth below in reverse chronological order is information regarding the number of shares of capital stock, stock options and warrants issued by us during the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”):

On or about March 31, 2006, we acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Advanced Tel, Inc., a California corporation, from one investor in consideration for cash and up to 83,334 shares of the Company’s common stock, 41,667 shares of which have been issued. The acquisition was made pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D (“Rule 506”) of the Securities Act.

On or about February 23, 2006, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 55,556 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.06 per share to one consultant for services rendered pursuant to an advisory agreement. The warrants expire on February 23, 2011. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about February 23, 2006, we completed a private placement of 166,667 units, each unit consisting of one share of Series B Preferred Stock and one Common Stock purchase warrant for a purchase price of $6.00 per unit, raising total capital of $1,000,000 from approximately 24 investors. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our Common Stock for a price of $3.00 per share. The warrants expire on February 23, 2008. All shares of Common Stock acquired upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock and the exercise of the warrants have piggyback registration rights. The private placement was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about January 20, 2006, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 73,099 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.06 per share to one consultant for services rendered pursuant to an advisory agreement. The warrants expire on January 20, 2011. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about January 12, 2006, we completed a private placement of Series A Convertible Notes (“2006 Notes”) and Common Stock purchase warrants, raising total capital of $575,000 from approximately 15 investors. The 2006 Notes are convertible into Series A Preferred Stock at $4.80 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution protections, at the option of the holders and are required to convert into Series A Preferred Stock upon certain events. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of our Common Stock, and is required to convert into Common Stock upon certain events. The 2006 Notes accrue simple interest at a rate of 9% annually and this interest may be payable in additional Series A Convertible Notes. In conjunction with the 2006 Notes, we also issued warrants to purchase approximately 179,688 shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share, exercisable at any time prior to the later of (i) 5 P.M., PST, on January 12, 2011 or (ii) 5 P.M., PST or PDT, as the case may be, on the fifth anniversary of the date our Common Stock is registered for resale under the Act , but in no case later than 5 P.M., PST, on January 12, 2016. All shares of Common Stock acquired through the conversion of the 2006 Notes or the exercise of the warrants have piggyback registration rights. The private placement was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about November 1, 2005, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 8,333 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share to one vendor for equipment provided to us pursuant to a strategic equipment agreement. The warrants expire on November 1, 2010. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about August 31, 2005, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,167 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share to one vendor for equipment provided to us pursuant to a strategic equipment agreement. The warrants expire on August 31, 2010. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

On or about August 26, 2005, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 7,576 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share to one vendor pursuant to an equipment leasing agreement. The warrants expire on August 26, 2010. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about July 31, 2005, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 12,083 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share to one vendor for equipment provided to us pursuant to a strategic equipment agreement. The warrants expire on July 31, 2010. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about May 31, 2005, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 13,750 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share to one vendor for equipment provided to us pursuant to a strategic equipment agreement. The warrants expire on May 31, 2010. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about April 11, 2005, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 9,583 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share to one vendor for equipment provided to us pursuant to a strategic equipment agreement. The warrants expire on April 11, 2010. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about February 28, 2005, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 35,833 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share to one vendor for equipment provided to us pursuant to a strategic equipment agreement. The warrants expire on February 28, 2010. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about November 30, 2004, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 27,083 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share to one vendor for equipment provided to us pursuant to a strategic equipment agreement. The warrants expire on November 30, 2009. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about August 25, 2004, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,333 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.20 per share to one vendor for equipment provided to us pursuant to a strategic equipment agreement. The warrants expire on August 25, 2009. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about June 25, 2004, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,167 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.20 per share to one vendor for equipment provided to us pursuant to a strategic equipment agreement. The warrants expire on June 25, 2009 The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about June 25, 2004, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 73,100 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.06 per share to one consultant for services rendered pursuant to an advisory agreement. The warrants expire on June 25, 2009. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about June 25, 2004 we completed the first closing and on or about November 15, 2004 we completed the second closing of a private placement of Series A Convertible Notes (“2004 Notes”) and Common Stock purchase warrants, raising total capital of $916,824.05 from approximately 16 investors. The 2004 Notes are convertible into Series A Preferred Stock at $1.98 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution protections, at the option of the holders and are required to convert into Series A Preferred Stock upon certain events. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of our Common Stock, and is required to convert into Common Stock upon certain events. The 2004 Notes accrue simple interest at a rate of 9% annually and this interest may be payable in additional Series A Convertible Notes. In conjunction with the 2004 Notes, we also issued warrants to purchase approximately 291,772 shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.20 per share exercisable at any time prior to the later of (i) 5 P.M., PDT, on June 25, 2009 or (ii) 5 P.M., PST or PDT, as the case may be, on the fifth anniversary of the date our Common Stock is registered for resale under the Act, but in no case later than 5 P.M., PDT, on June 25, 2014. All shares of Common Stock acquired through the conversion of the 2004 Notes or the exercise of the warrants have piggyback registration rights. The private placement was made pursuant to Rule 506.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

On or about February 28, 2004, we issued warrants to purchase an consultant of 55,556 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.06 per share to one investor for services rendered pursuant to an advisory agreement. The warrants expire on February 28, 2009. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about February 10, 2004, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 19,375 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.20 per share to one vendor pursuant to an equipment leasing agreement. The warrants expire on February 10, 2009. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about November 24, 2003, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 73,099 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.06 per share to one consultant for services rendered pursuant to an advisory agreement. The warrants expire on November 28, 2008. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.

On or about November 24, 2003, we completed a private placement of Series A Convertible Notes (“2003 Notes”), raising total capital of $1,075,000 from approximately 15 investors. The 2003 Notes are convertible into Series A Preferred Stock at $1.20 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution protections, at the option of the holders and are required to convert into Series A Preferred Stock upon certain events. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of our Common Stock, and is required to convert into Common Stock upon certain events. The 2003 Notes accrue simple interest at a rate of 9% annually and this interest may be payable in additional Series A Convertible Notes. All shares of Common Stock acquired through the conversion of the 2003 Notes have piggyback registration rights. The private placement was made pursuant to Rule 506.

In July and October 2003, we issued 3,333,333 shares of common stock to our founding stockholder, Charles Rice, for $0.0003 per share. The private placement was made pursuant to Rule 506.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

  (a) Exhibits

 

EXHIBIT

NUMBER

    

DESCRIPTION

1.1 *    Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.7 *    Form of Warrant Agreement between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
3.1      Amended Articles of Incorporation of InterMetro Communications, Inc. (California)
3.2      Form of Certificate of Incorporation of InterMetro Communications, Inc. (Delaware)
3.3      Bylaws of InterMetro Communications, Inc. (California)
3.4 *    Form of Bylaws of InterMetro Communications, Inc. (Delaware)
4.1 *    Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of common stock
4.2      Form of Warrant Agreement between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and Holders of Series A Convertible Notes
4.3      Form of Warrant Agreement between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and Holders of Series B Preferred Stock
4.4      Form of Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 12, 2006 between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and each of the lenders thereunder
4.5      Form of Series A Convertible Note between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and Holders of Series A Convertible Notes

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT

NUMBER

   

DESCRIPTION

4.6 **   Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 30, 2006 between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and David Singer
5.1 *   Opinion of McDermott Will & Emery LLP
9.1     Forms of Voting Rights Agreements between Charles Rice and Holders of our Series A Convertible Notes and Series B Preferred Stock
10.1 *   Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and Charles Rice, as amended
10.2 *   Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and Jon deOng, as amended
10.3 *   Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and Vincent Arena, as amended
10.4     Employment Agreement dated as of March 31, 2006 between Advanced Tel, Inc. and David Singer
10.5 **   Strategic Agreement dated as of May 2, 2004 between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and Qualitek Services, Inc.
10.6  **   Master Lease Agreement dated as of March 2, 2004 between InterMetro Communications and VenCore Solutions LLC
10.7 *   Strategic Agreement dated as of May 2, 2006 between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and Cantata Technology, Inc.
10.8     2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended
10.9.1     Form of Founder’s Stock Option Agreement
10.9.2     Form of Founder’s Stock Purchase Agreement
10.10     Office Lease between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and Pacific Simi Associates, LLC dated as of April 6, 2006
10.11  **  

Services Agreement between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and CVT Prepaid Solutions Inc.

dated August 3, 2005

10.12 **   Services Agreement between InterMetro Communications, Inc. and 99¢ Only Stores dated June 30, 2005
21.1     Subsidiaries of InterMetro Communications, Inc.
23.1     Consent of Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.
24.1     Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)

* To be filed by amendment
** Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit which have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule I — Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm on Schedule

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules are omitted because they are either not required or not applicable or the required information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 11th day of May, 2006.

 

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:     
 

Charles Rice

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Charles Rice and Vincent Arena and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act and all post-effective amendments thereto and to file any such registration statement, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

Charles Rice

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

May 11, 2006

Jon deOng

  

Chief Technology Officer and Director

  May 11, 2006

Vincent Arena

  

Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 


May 11, 2006

Joshua Touber

  

Director

  May 11, 2006

Robert Grden

  

Director

  May 11, 2006

Douglas Benson

  

Director

  May 11, 2006

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Schedule I

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON SCHEDULE

The Board of Directors and Stockholder

INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

We have audited the financial statements of InterMetro Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and for the period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and have issued our report thereon dated May 2, 2006 except for Note 14 as to which the date is                     , 2006 (included herein on page F-     of this Registration Statement on Form S-1). Our audits were conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. The information included in the accompanying Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts on page SCH-2 is presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and is not a required part of the basic financial statements. Such information for period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003 and for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audits of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

MAYER HOFFMAN MCCANN P.C.

Los Angeles, California

May 2, 2006, except Note 14, as to which the date is                     , 2006

The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the restatement of capital accounts described in Note 14 to the financial statements.

/s/    Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

MAYER HOFFMAN MCCANN P.C.

Los Angeles, California

May 2, 2006

 

S-1


Table of Contents

Schedule II

The following financial schedule is a part of this registration statement and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of InterMetro Communications, Inc.:

InterMetro Communications, Inc.

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Period from July 22, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2003

and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Year
   Additions
Charged to
Operating
Expenses
   Less
Deductions
   

Balance

at End

of Year

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

          

2003

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —  

2004

   $ —      $ 16,949    $ —       $ 16,949

2005

   $ 16,949    $ —      $ (16,949 )   $ —  

 

S-2